DATALOGIC

PowerScan PBT7100 - Barcode Reader DATALOGIC - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free PowerScan PBT7100 DATALOGIC in PDF.

📄 424 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question
Notice DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - page 11
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.

User questions about PowerScan PBT7100 DATALOGIC

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Barcode Reader in PDF format for free! Find your manual PowerScan PBT7100 - DATALOGIC and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. PowerScan PBT7100 by DATALOGIC.

USER MANUAL PowerScan PBT7100 DATALOGIC

PowerScan™ PBT7100 Cordless

Industrial Handheld Linear Imaging Bar Code Reader with Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial Handheld Linear Imaging Bar Code Reader with Bluetooth® Wireless Technology - 1

natural_image Three black and yellow barcode scanner devices, one with a yellow handle and the other with a black base (no visible text or symbols)

Product Reference Guide

Datalogic Scanning, Inc.

959 Terry Street

Eugene, Oregon 97402

Telephone: (541) 683-5700

Fax: (541) 345-7140

An Unpublished Work - All rights reserved. No part of the contents of this documentation or the procedures described therein may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written permission of Datalogic Scanning, Inc. or its subsidiaries or affiliates ("Datalogic" or "Datalogic Scanning"). Owners of Datalogic products are hereby granted a non-exclusive, revocable license to reproduce and transmit this documentation for the purchaser's own internal business purposes. Purchaser shall not remove or alter any proprietary notices, including copyright notices, contained in this documentation and shall ensure that all notices appear on any reproductions of the documentation.

Should future revisions of this manual be published, you can acquire printed versions by contacting your Datalogic representative. Electronic versions may either be downloadable from the Datalogic website (www.scanning.datalogic.com) or provided on appropriate media. If you visit our website and would like to make comments or suggestions about this or other Datalogic publications, please let us know via the "Contact Datalogic" page.

Disclaimer

Datalogic has taken reasonable measures to provide information in this manual that is complete and accurate, however, Datalogic reserves the right to change any specification at any time without prior notice.

Datalogic and the Datalogic logo are registered trademarks of Datalogic S.p.A. in many countries, including the U.S.A. and the E.U. All other brand and product names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

PowerScan is a registered trademark of Datalogic Scanning, Inc. in many countries, including the U.S.A. and the E.U.

Manual Conventions 2

References 2

Technical Support ....3

Datalogic Website Support 3

Reseller Technical Support 3

Telephone Technical Support 3

Chapter 2. Getting Started .... 5

About the Reader 5

Unpacking 5

Setting Up the Reader and Base Station 6

Install the Battery in the Reader 6

Connect the Base Station 6

Linking the Reader to a Base Station 7

Optional: Linking the Reader to a PC in Server Mode 8

Optional: Linking the Reader to a PC in Client Mode 9

Paging Feature 9

Programming 9

Using the Programming Barcodes 9

Select the Interface Type 10

Configure Interface Settings 10

Configure Other Features 10

Software Version Transmission 10

Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults 11

Chapter 3. Interfaces ...... 13

Interface Selection 13

Configuring the Interface 13

Global Interface Features 17

Host Commands — Obey/Ignore 17

USB Suspend Mode 18

Chapter 4. General Features.... 19

Double Read Timeout 19

Label Gone Timeout 21

Sleep Mode Timeout 23

LED and Beeper Indicators 25

Power On Alert 25

Good Read: When to Indicate 26

Good Read Beep Type 27

Good Read Beep Frequency 28

Good Read Beep Length 28

Good Read Beep Volume 30

Good Read LED Duration 31

Scanning Features 33

Scan Mode 33

Stand Mode Triggered Timeout 35

Scanning Active Time 37

Flash On Time ....39

Flash Off Time 41

Stand Mode Sensitivity 43

Laser Pointer Control 44

Laser Pointer Period 45

Green Spot Duration 46

Chapter 5. RS-232 ONLY Interface.... 47

Introduction 47

RS-232 Standard Factory Settings 47

Baud Rate 47

Data Bits 49

Stop Bits 50

Parity 51

Handshaking Control 52

Chapter 6. RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces .... 53

Introduction 53

Standard Factory Settings 53

Intercharacter Delay 54

Beep On ASCII BEL 56

Beep On Not on File 56

ACK NAK Options 57

ACK Character 58

NAK Character 60

ACK NAK Timeout Value 62

ACK NAK Retry Count 64

ACK NAK Error Handling 66

Indicate Transmission Failure 67

Disable Character 68

Enable Character 70

Chapter 7. Keyboard Interface.... 73

Introduction 73

Standard Factory Settings 73

Scancode Tables 73

Country Mode 74

Caps Lock State 77

Numlock 77

Send Control Characters 78

Wedge Quiet Interval 79

Intercharacter Delay 81

Intercode Delay 83

USB Keyboard Speed 85

Chapter 8. USB-OEM Interface 87

Introduction 87

Standard Factory Settings 87

USB-OEM Device Usage 88

USB-OEM Interface Options 89

Chapter 9. IBM 46XX Interface 91

Introduction 91

IBM Standard Factory Settings 91

46xx Number of Host Resets 92

Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format 95

IBM 46XX Interface Options 96

Chapter 10. Wand Emulation Interface 97

Introduction 97

Wand Emulation Standard Factory Settings 97

Wand Idle State 97

Wand Polarity 98

Wand Signal Speed 99

Label Symbology Conversion 100

Transmit Noise 101

Chapter 11. Data Editing.... 103

Data Editing Overview 103

Please Keep In Mind.... 104

Global Prefix/Suffix 104

Example: Setting a Prefix ....104

Global AIM ID 106

GS1-128 AIM ID 108

Label ID 109

Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets 109

Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology 112

Label ID Control 114

Label ID Symbology Selection 115

Case Conversion 123

Character Conversion 124

Chapter 12. Symbologies.... 127

Introduction 127

Symbologies 127

Standard Factory Settings for Symbologies 128

Disable All Symbologies 128

Coupon Control 129

UPC-A 130

UPC-A Enable/Disable 130

UPC-A Check Character Transmission 130

Expand UPC-A to EAN-13 ....131

UPC-A Number System Character Transmission 131

In-Store Minimum Reads 132

UPC-E 133

UPC-E Enable/Disable 133

UPC-E Check Character Transmission 133

Expand UPC-E to EAN-13 134

Expand UPC-E to UPC-A 134

UPC-E Number System Character Transmission 135

UPC-E Minimum Reads 136

GTIN Formatting 137

EAN 13 ....138

EAN 13 Enable/Disable ....138

EAN 13 Check Character Transmission ....138

EAN-13 Flag 1 Character ....139

EAN-13 ISBN Conversion 140

ISSN Enable/Disable 140

EAN 13 Minimum Reads ....141

EAN 8 142

EAN 8 Enable/Disable 142

EAN 8 Check Character Transmission ....142

Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 ....143

EAN 8 Minimum Reads ....144

UPC/EAN Global Settings 145

UPC/EAN Decoding Level 145

UPC/EAN Correlation 147

UPC/EAN Reconstruction 147

UPC/EAN Price Weight Check 148

UPC-A Minimum Reads 149

Add-Ons 150

Optional Add-ons 150

Optional Add-On Timer 152

Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer 155

P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads 158

P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads 159

GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads 160

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional 161

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Enable/Disable 161

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation 161

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads 162

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded 163

GS1 DataBar Expanded Enable/Disable 163

GS1 DataBar Expanded GS1-128 Emulation 163

GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads 164

GS1 DataBar Expanded Length Control 165

GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 1 166

GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 2 168

GS1 DataBar™ Limited 170

GS1 DataBar Limited Enable/Disable 170

GS1 DataBar Limited GS1-128 Emulation 170

GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads 171

Code 39 172

Code 39 Enable/Disable 172

Code 39 Check Character Calculation .... 173

Code 39 Check Character Transmission 174

Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission 174

Code 39 Full ASCII 175

Code 39 Quiet Zones .... 176

Code 39 Minimum Reads 177

Code 39 Decoding Level 178

Code 39 Length Control 180

Code 39 Set Length 1 .... 181

Code 39 Set Length 2 .... 183

Code 39 Interdigit Ratio 185

Code 39 Character Correlation .... 187

Code 39 Stitching 188

Code 32 (Italian Pharmaceutical) 189

Code 32 Enable/Disable 189

Code 32 Feature Setting Exceptions 189

Code 32 Check Character Transmission 190

Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission 190

Code 39 CIP (French Pharmaceutical) 191

Code 39 CIP Enable/Disable 191

Code 128 191

Code 128 Enable/Disable 191

Expand Code 128 to Code 39 192

Code 128 Check Character Transmission .... 192

Code 128 Function Character Transmission .... 193

Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission 194

Code 128 Quiet Zones 195

Code 128 Minimum Reads 196

Code 128 Decoding Level 197

Code 128 Length Control 199

Code 128 Set Length 1 200

Code 128 Set Length 2 202

Code 128 Character Correlation ....204

Code 128 Stitching ....205

GS1-128 206

GS1-128 Enable 206

Interleaved 2 of 5 (1 2 of 5) ....207

12 of 5 Enable/Disable 207

12 of 5 Check Character Calculation ....208

12 of 5 Check Character Transmission ....209

12 of 5 Minimum Reads 210

I 2 of 5 Decoding Level ......211

12 of 5 Length Control 213

12 of 5 Set Length 1 214

12 of 5 Set Length 2 216

12 of 5 Character Correlation ....218

12 of 5 Stitching 219

Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR 220

Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/Disable 220

Datalogic 2 of 5 220

Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/Disable 220

Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation ....221

Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads ....222

Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level 222

Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control ....223

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 224

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 ....226

Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio 228

Datalogic 2 of 5 Character Correlation ....230

Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching ....231

Codabar 232

Codabar Enable/Disable 232

Codabar Check Character Calculation 233

Codabar Check Character Transmission 234

Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission 234

Codabar Start/Stop Character Set 235

Codabar Start/Stop Character Match 236

Codabar Quiet Zones 237

Codabar Minimum Reads 238

Codabar Decoding Level 239

Codabar Length Control 241

Codabar Set Length 1 242

Codabar Set Length 2 244

Codabar Interdigit Ratio 246

Codabar Character Correlation 248

Codabar Stitching 249

ABC Codabar 250

ABC Codabar Enable/Disable 250

ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode 250

ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout 251

ABC Codabar Force Concatenation 252

Code 11 253

Code 11 Enable/Disable 253

Code 11 Check Character Calculation ....254

Code 11 Check Character Transmission ....255

Code 11 Minimum Reads ....256

Code 11 Length Control ....257

Code 11 Set Length 1 ....258

Code 11 Set Length 2 ....260

Code 11 Interdigit Ratio 262

Code 11 Decoding Level 264

Code 11 Character Correlation ....266

Code 11 Stitching ....267

Standard 2 of 5 ...... 268

Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable 268

Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation ...... 269

Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission 269

Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads 270

Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level 270

Standard 2 of 5 Length Control 271

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 272

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 274

Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation 276

Standard 2 of 5 Stitching 277

Industrial 2 of 5 278

Industrial 2 of 5 Enable/Disable 278

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation 278

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission 279

Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control 280

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 281

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 283

Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads 285

Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching 286

Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation 286

IATA 287

IATA Enable/Disable 287

IATA Check Character Transmission 287

ISBT 128 288

ISBT 128 Concatenation 288

ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode 289

ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout 290

MSI Check Character Transmission 294

MSI Length Control 294

MSI Set Length 1 295

MSI Set Length 2 297

MSI Minimum Reads 299

MSI Decoding Level 300

Plessey 302

Plessey Enable/Disable 302

Plessey Check Character Calculation 303

Plessey Check Character Transmission 304

PLessey Length Control 304

Plessey Set Length 1 305

Plessey Set Length 2 307

Plessey Minimum Reads 309

Plessey Decoding Level 310

Plessey Stitching 311

Plessey Character Correlation 312

Code 93 312

Code 93 Character Correlation ....323

Codablock F 324

Codablock F Enable/Disable 324

Codablock F EAN Enable/Disable 325

Codablock F AIM Check 325

Codablock F Length Control 326

Codablock F Set Length 1 327

Codablock F Set Length 2 329

Code 4 331

Code 4 Enable/Disable ....331

Code 4 Check Character Transmission ....332

Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion ....332

Code 5 333

Code 5 Enable/Disable 333

Code 5 Check Character Transmission ....334

Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion ....334

Code 4 and Code 5 Common Configuration Items ....335

Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level 335

Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads ....337

Follett 2 of 5 338

Follett 2 of 5 Enable/Disable ....338

Chapter 13. BT Features.... 339

Introduction 339

Standard Factory Settings 339

BT Beeper Features 340

ACK Beep 340

Beep Frequency 341

Beep Duration 342

Beep Volume 344

BT Base Station Beep 345

Disconnect Beep 345

BT Leash Alarm 346

Flash Update 348

BT Automatic Flash Update 348

Request Flash Update 348

Configuration Update 349

Automatic Configuration Update 349

Configuration Update From Base Station to Handheld 349

Copy Configuration From Handheld to Base Station 350

Battery Charge Mode ....351

Powerdown Timeout 352

BT Poll Rate 354

Batch Features 356

Batch Mode 356

Send Batch 357

Erase Batch Memory 357

BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay 358

BT Security Features 359

BT Pin Code 359

BT Security Mode 362

Linking the Reader 363

Optional: Linking a PowerScan 7000 Reader to a PBT7100 Base Station ....363

BT Address Stamping 364

Source Radio Address Transmission 364

Source Radio Address Delimiter Character 365

Appendix A. Technical Specifications 367

Standard Cable Pinouts 370

Appendix B. Standard Defaults 371

Appendix C. LED and Beeper Indications 385

General Functions — LED and Beeper Indications 386

BT Beeper Indications 387

BT LED Indications 388

Error Codes 389

Appendix D. Sample Barcodes 391

UPC-A 391

Interleaved 2 of 5 391

Codabar 392

Code 11 392

DataBar (RSS) 393

DataBar-14 393

Appendix E. Keypad 395

Appendix F. Scancode Tables.... 399

Control Character Emulation 399

Single Press and Release Keys 399

Interface Type PC AT PS/2 or USB-Keyboard 400

Interface type PC AT PS/2 Alt Mode or USB-Keyboard Alt Mode 402

Digital Interface 404

IBM31xx 102-key 406

IBM XT 408

Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252 410

Index 411

Chapter 1

Introduction

About this Guide

This Product Reference Guide (PRG) is provided for users seeking advanced technical information, including connection, programming, maintenance and specifications. The Quick Reference Guide (QRG) and other publications associated with this product are downloadable free of charge from the website listed on the back cover of this manual.

Typically, units are factory-programmed for the most common terminal and communications settings. If you need to modify any programmable settings, custom configuration can be accomplished by scanning the programming barcodes within this guide.

Programming can alternatively be performed using the Datalogic Aladdin ^™ Configuration application which is downloadable from the Datalogic website listed on the back cover of this manual. This multi-platform utility program allows device configuration using a PC. It communicates to the device using a serial or USB cable and can also create configuration barcodes to print.

Manual Overview

Chapter 1, Introduction provides a product overview, unpacking instructions, and cable connection information.

Chapter 2, Getting Started presents information about unpacking and setting up the reader.

Chapter 3, Interfaces consists of interface configuration barcodes and details.

Chapter 4, General Features includes programming barcodes for selecting common features for the reader and general use barcodes to customize how the data is transmitted to the host device.

Chapter 5, RS-232 ONLY Interface supplies information about setting up the reader for RS-232 operation.

Chapter 6, RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces features information about options involving both the RS-232 and USB-Com interfaces.

Chapter 7, Keyboard Interface discusses how to set up the reader for Keyboard Wedge operation.

Chapter 8, USB-OEM Interface explains how to set the reader up for USB operation.

Chapter 9, IBM 46XX Interface is a resource for setting up an IBM interface.

Chapter 11, Data Editing offers advanced configuration options for customization of scanned data output.

Chapter 12, Symbologies defines options for all symbologies and provides the programming barcodes necessary for configuring these features.

Appendix A, Technical Specifications lists physical and performance characteristics, as well as environmental and regulatory specifications. It also provides standard cable pinouts.

Appendix B, Standard Defaults references common factory default settings for reader features and options.

Appendix C, LED and Beeper Indications supplies tables containing descriptions of the functions and behaviors of the reader's LED and Beeper indicators.

Appendix D, Sample Barcodes offers sample barcodes of several common symbologies.

Appendix E, Keypad includes numeric barcodes to be scanned for certain parameter settings.

Appendix F, Scancode Tables lists control character emulation information for Wedge and USB Keyboard interfaces.

Manual Conventions

The following conventions are used in this document:

The symbols listed below are used in this manual to notify the reader of key issues or procedures that must be observed when using the reader:

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Manual Conventions - 1
NOTE

Notes contain information necessary for properly diagnosing, repairing and operating the reader.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Manual Conventions - 2
CAUTION

The CAUTION symbol advises you of actions that could damage equipment or property.

References

Current versions of the Product Reference Guide (PRG), Quick Reference Guide (QRG), the Datalogic Aladdin™ Configuration application, and any other manuals, instruction sheets and utilities for this product can be downloaded from the website listed on the back cover of this manual. Alternatively, printed copies or product support CDs can be purchased through your Datalogic reseller.

Technical Support

Datalogic Website Support

The Datalogic website (www.scanning.datalogic.com) is the complete source for technical support and information for Datalogic products. The site offers product support, product registration, warranty information, product manuals, product tech notes, software updates, demos, and instructions for returning products for repair.

Reseller Technical Support

An excellent source for technical assistance and information is an authorized Datalogic reseller. A reseller is acquainted with specific types of businesses, application software, and computer systems and can provide individualized assistance.

Telephone Technical Support

If you do not have internet or email access, you may contact Datalogic technical support at (541) 349-8283 or check the back cover of your manual for more contact information.

NOTES

About the Reader

Advancements in the LED technology used in this reader significantly improve the illumination of the target field of view, resulting in higher scan efficiency. Whether used in Single Trigger or Continuous Mode, the ergonomic design of the reader will help to promote comfortable handling during extended periods of use.

The reader/Base Station can communicate using the following interfaces:

RS-232 — The reader can communicate with a standard or Wincor-Nixdorf (W-N) RS-232 host.

RS-232 OPOS — This interface is used for OPOS/UPOS/JavaPOS systems.

Keyboard Wedge (KBW) — When connected using this interface, the host interprets scanned data as keystrokes and supports several international keyboards (for the Windows® environment). See Country Mode on page 74 for a full listing.

USB — Select to communicate either by USB OEM, USB COM, USB Keyboard interface or USB POS types by scanning the appropriate interface type barcodes available in this manual. The default interface is USB-KBD for Wedge models (7230) and USB-OEM for IBM models (7210).

IBM — IBM Port 5B or Port 9B are selectable interface options.

Wand Emulation — This interface produces an electrical signal that represents the bars and spaces of a label.

Unpacking

Check carefully to ensure the reader, Base Station and any accessories ordered are present and undamaged. If any damage occurred during shipment, contact Technical Support on page 3.

KEEP THE PACKAGING. Should the unit ever require service, it should be returned in its original shipping container.

Setting Up the Reader and Base Station

Follow the steps provided in this section to connect and get your reader up and communicating with its host:

  1. Install the Battery in the Reader
  2. Connect the Base Station
  3. Select the Interface Type
  4. Configure Interface Settings (only if not using factory settings for that interface)
  5. Configure Other Features (if modifications are needed from factory settings)

Install the Battery in the Reader

Follow the instructions in the Quick Reference Guide (QRG) to install the battery pack and verify reader operation.

Connect the Base Station

Figure 1 shows how to connect the Base Station to a terminal, PC or other host device. Turn off the host before connection and consult the manual for that equipment (if necessary) before proceeding. Connect the interface cable before applying power to the Base Station.

Base Station Connection and Routing — Fully insert the Power Cable and Interface (I/F) Cable connectors into their respective ports in the underside of the Base Station (see Figure 1), then plug the Base Station AC Adapter into the AC outlet. Alternatively, you can either loop the cables around the routing clips and back through the routing channel to the front of the Base Station as shown, or the cables can be fed directly out the back of the Base Station via the routing clips.

Figure 1. Connecting the Base Station
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Connect the Base Station - 1

text_image Power Cable I/F Cable Routing Clips Routing Channel Bottom of Base Station I/F Cable AC Adapter Power Cable Base Station

Host Connection — The interface type was specified at the time your reader was ordered, however you should verify before connection that the reader's cable type is compatible with your host equipment. Most connections plug directly into the host device as shown in Figure 2. Keyboard Wedge interface cables have a 'Y' connection where its female end mates with the male end of the cable from the keyboard and the remaining end at the keyboard port on the terminal/PC.

Figure 2. Connecting to the Host
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Connect the Base Station - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["BASE STATION"] -->|USB| B["USB"]
    B -->|USB port| C["or..."]
    C -->|USB port| D["or..."]
    D -->|USB port| E["AM"]
    E -->|USB port| F["or..."]
    F -->|USB port| G["keyboard Wedge"]
    G -->|USB port| H["or..."]
    H --> I["keyboard Wedge"]
    I --> J["or..."]
    J --> K["keyboard Wedge"]
    K --> L["or..."]
    L --> M["keyboard Wedge"]
    M --> N["or..."]
    N --> O["keyboard Wedge"]
    O --> P["or..."]
    P --> Q["keyboard Wedge"]
    Q --> R["or..."]
    R --> S["keyboard Wedge"]
    S --> T["OR"]
    T --> U["OR"]
    U --> V["OR"]
    V --> W["OR"]
    W --> X["OR"]
    X --> Y["OR"]
    Y --> Z["OR"]

Power Connection — Plug the AC Adapter in to an approved AC wall socket with the cable facing downwards (as shown in Figure 1) to prevent undue strain on the socket.

Linking the Reader to a Base Station

To link a reader to a Base Station, press the Link Button (see Figure 3) on the Base Station for at least one second to place the base in "Link Mode," then scan the barcode below or the Link barcode located on the Base Station using the reader to be linked. The Link barcode on the Base Station contains an identifier that is unique to that Base Station. This enables the reader to quickly find and link to that Base Station.

A successful link is indicated by three ascending tones from the reader. A high-low-high-low tone indicates the link attempt was unsuccessful. A single green LED flash during this tone indicates no Base Station was discovered. Two green LED flashes during this tone indicates that more than one Base Station was discovered and the reader did not link. Three LED flashes during this tone indicate a security error.

Figure 3. Labeling and Nomenclature
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Linking the Reader to a Base Station - 1

text_image This illustration shows label placement ONLY. For actual regulatory, patent and other applicable information, view the labels on the product itself, or call your nearest sales or service office. Scanner Scan Window Trigger S/N and Laser Safety Label Indicator LEDs Speaker Port Battery Pack Battery Latch Antenna Link Bar Code Link Button Amber LED Green LED Base Station Scanner Latch

Optional: Linking the Reader to a PC in Server Mode

A reader can optionally be linked in server mode to a Bluetooth-enabled PC with the serial port profile.

To do this, follow these steps:

  1. Ensure the PC or terminal can network with Bluetooth devices and that it is powered on.
  2. Scan the "Link to a PC" barcode below.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional: Linking the Reader to a PC in Server Mode - 1
Link to a PC in Server Mode

  1. On the PC, scan for network devices.
  2. Select the "Datalogic PBT7100 Reader." Make sure "Secure Connection" is disabled.
  3. Select "connect" on the PC to link the reader to the PC.

Optional: Linking the Reader to a PC in Client Mode

A reader can optionally be linked in client mode to a Bluetooth-enabled PC with the serial port profile.

To do this, follow these steps:

  1. Ensure the PC or terminal can network with Bluetooth devices and that it is powered on.
  2. Ensure that a COM port is assigned under Services within the bluetooth setup menu.
  3. Create a Link label that contains the address of the PC bluetooth adapter.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional: Linking the Reader to a PC in Client Mode - 1
NOTE

The bluetooth address can be found under "Properties" within in the bluetooth setup menu.

The link label is a Code 128 function 3 label with the following format: LnkB<12 character bluetooth address>

  1. Scan the link label created in step 3.

Paging Feature

To help locate a missing reader, press the Base Station Link Button momentarily (less than one second). This will cause the reader to beep five times at its loudest volume setting.

Programming

The reader is typically factory-configured with a set of default features. After scanning the interface barcode from the Interfaces section, you can select other options and customize your reader through use of the instructions and programming barcodes available in the corresponding features section for your interface and also the Data Editing and Symbologies chapters of this manual.

Using the Programming Barcodes

This manual contains feature descriptions and barcodes which allow you to reconfigure your reader and Base Station. Some programming barcode labels, like the Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults on page 11, require only the scan of that single label to enact the change. Most of the programming labels in this manual, however, require the reader to be placed in Programming Mode prior to scanning them. Scan an ENTER/EXIT barcode once to enter Programming Mode. Once the reader is in Programming Mode, you can scan a number of parameter settings before scanning the ENTER/EXIT barcode a second time, which will then accept your changes, exit Programming Mode and return the reader to normal operation.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Using the Programming Barcodes - 1
NOTE

There are some exceptions to the typical programming sequence described above. Please read the description and setting instructions carefully when configuring each given programmable feature.

Select the Interface Type

Upon completing the physical connection between the Base Station and the host, proceed directly to Interfaces on page 13 for information and programming for the interface type the Base Station is connected to (for example: RS-232, Keyboard Wedge, USB, etc.) and scan the appropriate barcode in that section to select your system's correct interface type.

Configure Interface Settings

Each interface type is associated to a specific set of default features. If after scanning the interface barcode from the Interfaces section, your installation requires you to select options to further customize your reader, turn to the appropriate section for your interface type as listed below:

• RS-232 ONLY Interface, starting on page 47
• RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces, starting on page 53
• Keyboard Interface, starting on page 73
• USB-OEM Interface, starting on page 87
• IBM 46XX Interface, starting on page 91
- Wand Emulation Interface, starting on page 97

Configure Other Features

If your installation requires different programming than the standard factory default settings, the following sections of this manual allow configuration of non-interface-specific settings you might require:

General Features — General Features includes programming for scanning, beeper and LED indicators and other such universal settings.

Symbologies — Includes options concerning the barcode label types (symbologies). These settings allow you to enable/disable symbologies, set label lengths, require check digit, etc.

Software Version Transmission

The software version of the device can be transmitted over the RS-232 and Keyboard interfaces by scanning the following label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Software Version Transmission - 1
Transmit Software Version

Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults

If you aren't sure what programming options are in your imager, or you've changed some options and want to restore the Custom Default Configuration that may have been saved in the imager, scan the Restore Custom Default Configuration barcode below. This will restore the custom configuration for the currently active interface.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults - 1
NOTE

Custom defaults are based on the interface type. Configure the imager for the correct interface before scanning this label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults - 2
Restore Custom Default Configuration

If you aren't sure what programming options are in your imager, or you've changed some options and want to restore the Factory Configuration, you have two options. You can scan the Restore USA Factory Configuration bar code or the Restore EU Factory Configuration bar code below. Both labels restore the imager configuration to the factory settings including the interface type. The USA label restores Label IDs to those historically used in the USA. The EU label restores Label IDs to those historically used in Europe. The Label ID sets for USA and EU are shown in the Label ID section of this manual.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Restore USA Factory Configuration

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Resetting the Product Configuration to Defaults - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines above and below the bars

Restore EU Factory Configuration

The programming section lists the factory default settings for each of the menu commands (indicated by shaded blocks and bold text) on the following pages.

NOTES

Interface Selection

Each reader model will support one of the following sets of host interfaces:

General Purpose Models (5 volt supply)

RS-232

RS-232 OPOS

USB

Keyboard Wedge

Wand Emulation

Retail Point of Sale Models (4 to 14 volt supply)

RS-232

RS-232 OPOS

USB

IBM 46XX

Configuring the Interface

Scan the programming barcode from this section which selects the appropriate interface type matching the system the reader will be connected to. Next, proceed to the corresponding chapter in this manual (also listed in Table 1) to configure any desired settings and features associated with that interface.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 1
NOTE

Unlike some other programming features and options, interface selections require that you scan only one programming barcode label. DO NOT scan an ENTER/EXIT barcode prior to scanning an interface selection barcode.

Some interfaces require the scanner to start in the disabled state when powered up. If additional scanner configuration is desired while in this state, pull the trigger and hold it for five seconds. The scanner will change to a state that allows programming with barcodes.

Table 1. Available Interfaces

RS-232 FEATURES
RS-232 standard interfaceDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 2Select RS232-STDSet RS-232InterfaceFeaturesstarting onpage 47
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 3Select RS232-WNRS-232 Wincor-Nixdorf
RS-232 for use with OPOS/UPOS/JavaPOSDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 4Select RS-232 OPOS
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 5Select USB-COM-STDaUSB Com to simulate RS-232 standard interface
IBM FEATURES
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 6Select IBM-P5BIBM-46xx Port 5B reader interfaceSet IBMInterfaceFeaturesstarting onpage 91
IBM-46xx Port 9B reader interfaceDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 7Select IBM-P9B
USB-OEM FEATURES
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 8Select USB-OEMUSB-OEM(can be used for OPOS/UPOS/JavaPOS)Set USB-OEMInterfaceFeaturesstarting onpage 87

a. Download the correct USB Com driver from www.datalogic.com

KEYBOARD FEATURES
AT, PS/2 25-286, 30-286, 50, 50Z, 60, 70, 80, 90 & 95 w/Standard Key EncodingDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 9Select KBD-ATSet KEYBOARD WEDGE Interface Features starting on page 73
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 10Select KBD-AT-NKKeyboard Wedge for IBM AT PS2 with standard key encoding but without external keyboard
AT, PS/2 25-286, 30-286, 50, 50Z, 60, 70, 80, 90 & 95 w/Alternate KeyDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 11Select KBD-AT-ALT
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 12Select KBD-AT-ALT-NKKeyboard Wedge for IBM AT PS2 with alternate key encoding but without external keyboard
PC/XT w/Standard Key EncodingDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 13Select KBD-XT
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 14Select KBD-IBM-3153Keyboard Wedge for IBM Terminal 3153
KEYBOARD — cont. FEATURES
Keyboard Wedge for IBM Terminals 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx make only keyboardDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 15Select KBD-IBM-MSet KEYBOARDWEDGEInterfaceFeaturesstarting on page73
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 16Select KBD-IBM-MBKeyboard Wedge for IBM Terminals 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx make break keyboard
Keyboard Wedge for DIGITAL Terminals VT2xx, VT3xx, VT4xxDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 17Select KBD-DIG-VT
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 18Select USB KeyboardUSB Keyboard with standard key encoding
USB Keyboard with alternate key encodingDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 19Select USB Alternate Keyboard
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuring the Interface - 20Select USB-KBD-APPLEUSB Keyboard for Apple computers
WAND EMULATION FEATURES
Wand EmulationSelect WANDSet WANDInterfaceFeaturesstarting onpage 97

Global Interface Features

The following interface features are configurable by all interface types. To set features specific to your interface, turn to that section of this manual:

• RS-232 ONLY Interface on page 47
• Keyboard Interface on page 73
• USB-OEM Interface on page 87
• IBM 46XX Interface on page 91

Host Commands — Obey/Ignore

This option specifies whether the reader will obey or ignore host commands. When set to ignore, the reader will ignore all host commands except for those necessary for:

• service mode
- flash programming mode
- keeping the interface active
- transmission of labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Host Commands — Obey/Ignore - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Host Commands — Obey/Ignore - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Host Commands — Obey/Ignore - 3 Host Commands = Obey
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Host Commands — Obey/Ignore - 4 Host Commands = Ignore

USB Suspend Mode

This setting enables/disables the ability of USB interfaces to enter suspend mode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Suspend Mode - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Suspend Mode - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Suspend Mode - 3

text_image USB Suspend Mode = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Suspend Mode - 4

text_image USB Suspend Mode = Enable

Chapter 4

General Features

Double Read Timeout

To prevent a double read of the same label, the Double Read Timeout sets the minimum time allowed between reads of labels of the same symbology and data. If the unit reads a label and sees the same label again within the Double Read Timeout, the second read of the label will be ignored. Double Read Timeout does not apply to scan modes that require a trigger pull for each label that is read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout - 2Double Read Timeout = 0.1 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout - 3Double Read Timeout = 0.2 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout - 4Double Read Timeout = 0.3 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout - 5Double Read Timeout = 0.4 SecondDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout - 6

Double Read Timeout — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout — continued - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout — continued - 2 Double Read Timeout = 0.5 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout — continued - 3 Double Read Timeout = 0.6 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout — continued - 4 Double Read Timeout = 0.7 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout — continued - 5 Double Read Timeout = 0.8 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout — continued - 6 Double Read Timeout = 0.9 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Double Read Timeout — continued - 7 Double Read Timeout = 1 Second

Label Gone Timeout

This feature sets the time after the last label segment is seen before the reader prepares for a new label. The timeout can be set within a range of 10 milliseconds to 2,550 milliseconds (2.55 seconds) in 10ms increments.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 10 (setting is in 10ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 0 = 000 , 5 = 005 , 20 = 020 , etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT LABEL GONE TIMEOUT SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate three alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad representing the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Gone Timeout - 1
NOTE

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 2 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 2. Timeout Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 50ms 150ms 1800ms (1.8 sec.) 2550ms (2.55 sec.)
2Divide by 10 (and pad with leading zeroes)005 015 180255
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT LABEL GONE TIMEOUT SETTING
5Scan Three Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘5’‘0’, ‘1’ and ‘5’‘1’, ‘8’ and ‘0’“2’, ‘5’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Label Gone Timeout — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Gone Timeout — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Gone Timeout — cont. - 2

text_image Select Label Gone Timeout Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Gone Timeout — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

016 = Timeout of 160 ms

Sleep Mode Timeout

Specifies the timeout value for the reader to enter low power Sleep Mode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 3 Sleep Mode Timeout = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 4 Sleep Mode Timeout = 500ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 5 Sleep Mode Timeout = 1 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 6 Sleep Mode Timeout = 2 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 7 Sleep Mode Timeout = 3 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout - 8 Sleep Mode Timeout = 4 Seconds

Sleep Mode Timeout — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout — continued - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout — continued - 2 Sleep Mode Timeout = 5 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout — continued - 3 Sleep Mode Timeout = 6 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout — continued - 4 Sleep Mode Timeout = 7 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout — continued - 5 Sleep Mode Timeout = 8 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout — continued - 6 Sleep Mode Timeout = 9 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sleep Mode Timeout — continued - 7 Sleep Mode Timeout = 9.9 Seconds (9,900ms max.)

LED and Beeper Indicators

Power On Alert

Disables or enables the indication (from the Beeper) that the reader is receiving power.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Power On Alert - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Power On Alert - 2 Power On Alert = Disable (No Audible Indication)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Power On Alert - 3 Power On Alert = Four BeepsDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Power On Alert - 4

Good Read: When to Indicate

This feature specifies when the reader will provide indication (beep and/or flash its green LED) upon successfully reading a barcode. Choices are:

• Good Read = Indicate after decode
• Good Read = Indicate after transmit
- Good Read = Indicate after CTS goes inactive, then active

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 1
NOTE

This option, which uses CTS, is only valid for RS-232 interfaces.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 2

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 4

text_image Indicate Good Read = After Decode

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 5

text_image Indicate Good Read = After Transmi

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read: When to Indicate - 6

text_image Indicate Good Read = After CTS Goes Inactive, Then Active

Good Read Beep Type

Specifies whether the good read beep has a mono or bitonal beep sound.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTGood Read Beep Type = Mono
Good Read Beep Type = Bitonal

Good Read Beep Frequency

Adjusts the good read beep to sound at a selectable low, medium or high frequency, selectable from the list below. (Controls the beeper's pitch/tone.)

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 2Good Read Beep Frequency = Low
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 3Good Read Beep Frequency = Medium
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 4DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Frequency - 5Good Read Beep Frequency = High

Good Read Beep Length

Specifies the duration of a good read beep.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length - 2Good Read Beep Length = 60 msec

Good Read Beep Length — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length — continued - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length — continued - 2 Good Read Beep Length = 80 msecDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length — continued - 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length — continued - 4 Good Read Beep Length = 100 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length — continued - 5 Good Read Beep Length = 120 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length — continued - 6 Good Read Beep Length = 140 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length — continued - 7 Good Read Beep Length = 160 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length — continued - 8 Good Read Beep Length = 180 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Length — continued - 9 Good Read Beep Length = 200 msec

Good Read Beep Volume

Selects the beeper volume (loudness) upon a good read beep. There are three selectable volume levels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Volume - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Volume - 2Good Read Beep Volume = Beeper Off
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Volume - 3Good Read Beep Volume = Low
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Volume - 4Good Read Beep Volume = Medium
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Volume - 5Good Read Beep Volume = HighDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read Beep Volume - 6

Good Read LED Duration

This feature specifies the amount of time that the Good Read LED remains on following a good read. The good read LED on time can be set within a range of 100 milliseconds to 25,500 milliseconds (0.1 to 25.5 seconds) in 100ms increments.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds. A setting of 0 means that the good read LED stays on until the next time the trigger is pulled.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 100 (setting is in 100 ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 0 = 000, 5 = 005, 20 = 020, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT GOOD READ LED DURATION SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate three digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad representing the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read LED Duration - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 3 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 3. Good Read LED Duration Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired SettingGood Read LED stays on until next trigger pull (000)200ms 1500ms25,500ms (25.5 sec.)
2Divide by 10 (and pad with leading zeroes)000 002 015255
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT LABEL GONE TIMEOUT SETTING
5Scan Three Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘2’ ‘0’, ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘2’, ‘5’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Good Read LED Duration — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read LED Duration — cont. - 1

text_image Barcode image with vertical black and white lines on white background

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read LED Duration — cont. - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Select Good Read LED Duration Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Good Read LED Duration — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

020 = Good Read LED stays on for 2 seconds.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - DEFAULT - 1
NOTE

Indicators are dimmed during sleep.

Scanning Features

Scan Mode

Selects the scan operating mode for the reader. Selections are:

Trigger Single — When the trigger is pulled, scanning is activated until one of the following occurs:

  • Scanning Active Time has elapsed
  • a label has been read
  • the trigger is released

This mode is associated with typical handheld reader operation: when the trigger is pulled, scanning starts and the product scans until the trigger is released, or a label is read, or the maximum Scanning Active Time has elapsed.

Trigger Hold Multiple — When the trigger is pulled, scanning starts and the product scans until the trigger is released or Scanning Active Time has elapsed. Reading a label does not disable scanning. Double Read Timeout prevents undesired multiple reads of the same label while in this mode.

Trigger Pulse Multiple — When the trigger is pulled, continuous scanning is activated until Scanning Active Time has elapsed or the trigger has been released and pulled again. Double Read Timeout ^1 prevents undesired multiple reads of the same label while in this mode.

Flashing — The reader flashes ^1 on and off regardless of the trigger status. Flash rate is controlled by Flash On Time and Flash Off Time.

Always On — No trigger pull is required to read a barcode. Scanning is continually on. If the trigger is pulled, the reader acts as if it is in Trigger Single Mode. Double Read Timeout ^1 prevents undesired multiple reads of the same label while in this mode.

Stand Mode — No trigger pull is required to read a barcode. Scanning is turned on automatically when an item is placed in reader's field of view. If the trigger is pulled, the reader acts as if it in single read mode. Double Read Timeout prevents undesired multiple reads of the same label while in this mode.

Trigger Object Sense — This mode is similar to Stand Mode, except that a trigger pull is required to activate the decoder.

Scan Mode — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scan Mode — continued - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scan Mode — continued - 2Scan Mode = Trigger SingleDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scan Mode — continued - 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scan Mode — continued - 4Scan Mode = Trigger Hold Multiple
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scan Mode — continued - 5Scan Mode = Trigger Pulse Multiple
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scan Mode — continued - 6Scan Mode = Flashing
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scan Mode — continued - 7Scan Mode = Always On
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scan Mode — continued - 8Scan Mode = Stand Mode
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scan Mode — continued - 9Scan Mode = Trigger Object Sense

Stand Mode Triggered Timeout

This feature specifies the time to remain in Trigger Single mode after the trigger is pulled while in Stand Mode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 1
NOTE

This timeout is only used when the Scan Mode is configured as Stand Mode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 3Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 0.5 SecondsDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 5Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 1.5 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 6Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 2 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 7Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 3 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout - 8Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 4 Seconds

Stand Mode Triggered Timeout — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout — continued - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout — continued - 2 Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 6 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout — continued - 3 Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = 8 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Triggered Timeout — continued - 4 Stand Mode Triggered Timeout = Switch back to Trigger Single on trigger pull

Scanning Active Time

This setting specifies the amount of time that the reader stays in scan ON state once the state is entered. The range for this setting is from 1 to 255 seconds in 1-second increments.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting.
  2. Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 0 = 000, 5 = 005, 20 = 020, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT SCANNING ACTIVE TIME SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate three digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scanning Active Time - 1
NOTE

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table4 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 4. Scanning Active Time Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting1 Second90 Sec. (1.5 min.)180 Sec. (3 min.)255 Seconds (4.25 min.)
2Pad leading zero(es)001090180255
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT SCANNING ACTIVE TIME SETTING
5Scan Three Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’, ‘9’ and ‘0’‘1’, ‘8’ and ‘0’‘2’, ‘5’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Scanning Active Time — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scanning Active Time — cont. - 1

text_image Barcode image with vertical black and white lines on white background

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scanning Active Time — cont. - 2
Select Scanning Active Time Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Scanning Active Time — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

005 = Scanning is active for 5 Seconds

Flash On Time

This feature specifies the ON time for the indicator LED while in Flash Mode. The selectable range is 100 to 9,900 milliseconds (0.1 to 9.9 seconds), in 100 millisecond increments.

Follow these instructions to set this feature.

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 100 (setting is in 100ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT FLASH ON TIME SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad representing the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Flash On Time - 1
NOTE

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 5 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 5. Flash On Time Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 500ms 1,000ms (1 sec.)5200ms (5.2 sec.) 9,900ms (9.9 sec.)
2Divide by 100 (and pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits)05 10 5299
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT FLASH OFF TIME SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘5’‘1’ and ‘0’‘5’ and ‘2’‘9’ and ‘9’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Flash On Time — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Flash On Time — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Flash On Time — cont. - 2
Select Flash ON Time Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Flash On Time — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

10 = Flash is ON for 1 Second

Flash Off Time

This feature specifies the OFF time for the indicator LED while in Flash Mode. The selectable range is 100 to 9,900 milliseconds (0.1 to 9.9 seconds), in 100 millisecond increments.

Follow these instructions to set this feature.

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 100 (setting is in 100ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT FLASH OFF TIME SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Flash Off Time - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 6 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 6. Flash Off Time Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 500ms 1,000ms (1 sec.)5200ms (5.2 sec.) 9,900ms (9.9 sec.)
2Divide by 100 (and pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits)05105299
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT FLASH OFF TIME SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘5’‘1’ and ‘0’‘5’ and ‘2’‘9’ and ‘9’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Flash Off Time — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Flash Off Time — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Flash Off Time — cont. - 2
Select Flash OFF Time Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Flash Off Time — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

06 = Flash is OFF for 600ms

Stand Mode Sensitivity

Sets the sensitivity level for stand mode wakeup. Choices are low, medium and high.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Sensitivity - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Sensitivity - 2Stand Mode Sensitivity = Low
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Sensitivity - 3Stand Mode Sensitivity = MediumDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Sensitivity - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stand Mode Sensitivity - 5Stand Mode Sensitivity = High

Laser Pointer Control

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Control - 1
NOTE

The Laser Pointer is a value-added option which might not have been included when your reader was ordered.

Specifies the amount of time that the laser pointer is turned on preliminary to scanning. When the trigger is pressed in Trigger Single Mode, the laser pointer will be activated for the time period configured by this feature. Immediately following this, the reader will start scanning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Control - 2

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Control - 3

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Control - 4

text_image Laser Pointer Control = 0 msec (No preliminary pointer — i.e. start scanning immediately after trigger)

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Control - 5

text_image Laser Pointer Control = 100 msec

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Control - 6

text_image Laser Pointer Control = 200 msec

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Control - 7

text_image Laser Pointer Control = 300 msec

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Control - 8

text_image Laser Pointer Control = 400 msec

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Control - 9

text_image Laser Pointer Control = 500 msec

Laser Pointer Period

This option specifies the period of the laser pointer blink during scanning. The laser pointer will be activated for the time specified by Laser Pointer Control then start blinking OFF then ON at a 50% duty cycle and a repeating period set by Laser Pointer Period.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Period - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Period - 2 Laser Pointer Period = Laser Pointer Blinking Off
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Period - 3 Laser Pointer Period = 500 msDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Period - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Period - 5 Laser Pointer Period = 1 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Period - 6 Laser Pointer Period = 1.5 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Laser Pointer Period - 7 Laser Pointer Period = 2 Seconds

Green Spot Duration

Specifies the duration of the good read pointer beam after a good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Green Spot Duration - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Green Spot Duration - 2 Green Spot Duration = Disable (Green Spot is Off)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Green Spot Duration - 3 Green Spot Duration = Short (300 msec)DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Green Spot Duration - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Green Spot Duration - 5 Green Spot Duration = Medium (500 msec)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Green Spot Duration - 6 Green Spot Duration = Long (800 msec)

Introduction

Use the programming barcodes in this chapter if modifications to the standard RS-232 interface settings are necessary to meet your system's requirements. Additional settings which apply to both the RS-232 and USB interfaces are available in Chapter 6, RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces.

RS-232 Standard Factory Settings

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

Baud Rate

Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second. Set the reader's baud rate to match the baud rate setting of the host device. With an improper baud rate setting, data may not reach the host correctly.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate - 2Baud Rate = 1200
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate - 3Baud Rate = 2400
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate - 4Baud Rate = 4800

Baud Rate — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate — continued - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate — continued - 2Baud Rate = 9600DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate — continued - 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate — continued - 4Baud Rate = 19,200
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate — continued - 5Baud Rate = 38,400
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate — continued - 6Baud Rate = 57,600
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Baud Rate — continued - 7Baud Rate = 115,200

Data Bits

This parameter allows the reader to interface with devices requiring a 7-bit or 8-bit ASCII protocol for sending and receiving data.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Data Bits - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Data Bits - 27 Data Bits
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Data Bits - 38 Data BitsDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Data Bits - 4

Stop Bits

The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and prepares the receiving device for the next character in the serial data stream. The number of stop bits selected (one or two) depends on the number the receiving terminal is programmed to accommodate. Set the number of stop bits to match host device requirements.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stop Bits - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stop Bits - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stop Bits - 3

text_image 1 Stop Bit

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Stop Bits - 4

text_image 2 Stop Bits

Parity

This feature specifies parity required for sending and receiving data. A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character. Select the parity type according to host device requirements.

  • Select None when no parity bit is required.
  • Select Odd parity and the parity bit value is set to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that an odd number of 1 bits are contained in the coded character.
  • Select Even parity and the parity bit value is set to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that an even number of 1 bits are contained in the coded character.
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Parity - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Parity - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Parity - 3Parity = None
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Parity - 4Parity = Even
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Parity - 5Parity = Odd

Handshaking Control

The data interface consists of an RS-232 port designed to operate either with or without the hardware handshaking lines, Request to Send (RTS), and Clear to Send (CTS). Handshaking Control includes the following options:

  • RTS — RTS is asserted during transmissions. CTS is ignored.
  • RTS/CTS — RTS is asserted during transmissions. CTS gates transmissions.
  • RTS/XON/XOFF — RTS is asserted during transmissions. CTS is ignored. XON and XOFF gate transmissions.
  • RTS On/CTS — RTS is always asserted. CTS gates transmissions.
  • RTS/CTS Scan Control — RTS is asserted during transmissions. CTS gates transmissions and controls enable and disable state of scanner.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Handshaking Control - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Handshaking Control - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Handshaking Control - 3

text_image Handshaking Control = RTS

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Handshaking Control - 4

text_image Handshaking Control = RTS/CTS

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Handshaking Control - 5

text_image landshaking Control = RTS/XON/XOFF

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Handshaking Control - 6

text_image Handshaking Control = RTS On/CTS

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Handshaking Control - 7

text_image Handshaking Control = RTS/CTS Scan Control

Chapter 6

RS-232/USB-Com Interfaces

Introduction

The programming barcodes in this chapter allow modifications to the standard RS-232 and USB-Com interfaces.

Standard Factory Settings

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

Intercharacter Delay

This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay between the end of one character and the beginning of the next. The delay can be set within a range of zero (0) to 990 milliseconds in 10ms increments. A setting of zero specifies no delay.

To set the delay:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 10 (setting is in 10ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT INTERCHARACTER DELAY SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 7 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 7. Intercharacter Delay Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 50ms 150ms600ms850ms
2Divide by 10 (and pad with leading zeroes to yield two-digits)05 15 60 85
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT INTERCHARACTER DELAY SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ and ‘0’ 0’ and ‘0’ ‘8’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Intercharacter Delay — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay — cont. - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay — cont. - 2 Intercharacter Delay = No Delay
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay — cont. - 3 Select Intercharacter Delay Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay — cont. - 4 CANCEL

DEFAULT

00 = No Intercharacter Delay

Beep On ASCII BEL

When this parameter is enabled, the reader issues a beep when a character is detected on the RS-232 serial line. is issued to gain a user's attention to an illegal entry or other important event.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Beep On ASCII BEL = DisableDEFAULT
Beep On ASCII BEL = Enable

Beep On Not on File

This option enables/disables the action of the reader to sound a three beep sequence upon receiving a Not-On-File (NOF) host command.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Beep On Not On File = Disable
DEFAULTBeep On Not On File = Enable

ACK NAK Options

This enables/disables the ability of the reader to support the RS-232 ACK/NAK protocol. When configured, the reader and/or host sends an “ACK” when it receives data properly, and sends “NAK” when the data is in error.

Options are:

• D i s a b l e
- Enable for label transmission — The reader expects an ACK/NAK response from the host when a label is sent.
- Enable for host-command acknowledge — The reader will respond with ACK/NAK when the host sends a command.
- Enable for label transmission and host-command acknowledge

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Options - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Options - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Options - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ACK/NAK Protocol = Disable ACK/NAK

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Options - 4

text_image ACK/NAK Protocol = Enable for label transmission

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Options - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' in the bottom right corner.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Options - 6

text_image ACK/NAK Protocol = Enable for label transmission and host-command acknowledge

ACK/NAK Protocol = Enable for host-command acknowledge

ACK Character

This setting specifies an ASCII character or hex value to be used as the ACK character. ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK Character - 1
NOTE

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

To set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character or value.
  2. Use the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual to find the hex equivalent for the desired character/value.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.

  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT ACK CHARACTER SETTING.

  5. Scan the appropriate two alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the desired character/value in step 1 above. The second character will cause a two-beep indication.

  6. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 8 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 8. ACK Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Character/Value ACK $ @ >
2 Hex equivalent 0x06 0x24 0x40 0x3E
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT ACK CHARACTER SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘6’ ‘2’ and ‘4’ ‘4’ and ‘0’ ‘3’ AND ‘E’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

ACK Character — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK Character — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK Character — cont. - 2

Select ACK Character Setting

DEFAULT

0x06 'ACK' Character

NAK Character

This setting specifies an ASCII character or hex value to be used as the NAK character. ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - NAK Character - 1
NOTE

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

To set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character or value.
  2. Use the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual to find the hex equivalent for the desired character/value.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.

  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT NAK CHARACTER SETTING.

  5. Scan the appropriate two alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the desired character/value in step 1 above. The second character will cause a two-beep indication.

  6. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 9 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 9. NAK Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Character/Value NAK $ @ >
2 Hex equivalent 0x15 0x24 0x40 0x3E
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT ACK CHARACTER SETTING
5 Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘2’ and ‘4’ ‘4’ and ‘0’ ‘3’ AND ‘E’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

NAK Character — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - NAK Character — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - NAK Character — cont. - 2

Select NAK Character Setting

DEFAULT

0x15 'NAK' Character

ACK NAK Timeout Value

This option specifies the amount of time the reader waits for an ACK character from the host following label transmission. The selectable timeout range is 200 milliseconds to 15,000ms (15 seconds) in 200ms increments. A selection of 0 disables the timeout.

To set this value:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 200 (setting is in 200ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT ACK NAK TIMEOUT VALUE SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Timeout Value - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 10 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 10. ACK NAK Timeout Value Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 200ms 1,000ms (1 sec.)5200ms (5.2 sec.)15,000ms (1 sec.)
2 Divide by 200 01 05 26 75
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT ACK NAK TIMEOUT VALUE SETTING
5 Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’‘0’ and ‘5’‘2’ and ‘6’‘7’ and ‘5’
7 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

ACK NAK Timeout Value — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Timeout Value — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Timeout Value — cont. - 2
Select ACK NAK Timeout Value Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Timeout Value — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

01 ACK NAK Timeout value is 200ms

ACK NAK Retry Count

This feature specifies the number of times the reader retries a label transmission due to a retry condition. The selectable range is from 1 to 254 retries. A selection of 0 disables the count, and a selection of 255 specifies unlimited retries.

To set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting.
  2. Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 0 = 000, 5 = 005, 20 = 020, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT ACK NAK RETRY COUNT SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate three digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the number which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Retry Count - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 11 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 11. ACK NAK Retry Count Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired SettingDisable Retry Count3 Retries 54 RetriesUnlimited Retries
2 Pad with leading zero(es) 000 003 054 255
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT ACK NAK RETRY COUNT SETTING
5 Scan Three Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘3’ ‘0’, ‘5’ and ‘4’ ‘2’, ‘5’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

ACK NAK Retry Count — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Retry Count — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Retry Count — cont. - 2
Select ACK NAK Retry Count Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Retry Count — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

003 = 3 Retries

ACK NAK Error Handling

This feature specifies the method the reader uses to handle receive errors detected while waiting for an ACK character from the host.

Options are:

  • Ignore errors detected
  • Process error as valid ACK character
  • Process error as valid NAK character

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Error Handling - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Error Handling - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

ACK NAK Error Handling = Ignore Errors Detected

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Error Handling - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

ACK NAK Error Handling = Process Error as Valid ACK Character

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ACK NAK Error Handling - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

ACK NAK Error Handling = Process Error as Valid NAK Character

Indicate Transmission Failure

This option enables/disables the reader's ability to sound an error beep to indicate a transmission failure while in ACK/NAK mode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Indicate Transmission Failure - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Indicate Transmission Failure - 2 Indicate Transmission Failure = Disable Indication
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Indicate Transmission Failure - 3 Indicate Transmission Failure = Enable IndicationDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Indicate Transmission Failure - 4

Disable Character

Specifies the value of the RS-232 host command used to disable the reader. ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Disable Character - 1
NOTE

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

To set the value:

  1. Determine the desired character or value. A setting of 0xFF indicates the the Disable Character is not used (not available).
  2. Use the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual to find the hex equivalent for the desired character/value.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT DISABLE CHARACTER SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the desired character/value in step 1 above. The second character will cause a two-beep indication.
  6. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 12 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 12. Disable Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired character/value ‘d’ ’’ ‘D’Disable Command Not Used
2 Hex equivalent 0x64 0x7D 0x44 0xFF
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT DISABLE CHARACTER VALUE SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘6’ and ‘4’ ‘7’ and ‘D’ ‘4’ and ‘4’ ‘F’ AND ‘F’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Disable Character — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Disable Character — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Disable Character — cont. - 2
Select Disable Character Setting

DEFAULT

0x44 = Disable Character is 'D'

Enable Character

Specifies the value of the RS-232 host command used to enable the reader. ASCII characters or any hex value from 0 to 0xFF can be selected.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Enable Character - 1
NOTE

Setting to previously defined characters such as XON, XOFF, or host commands conflicts with normal operation of these characters. 8-bit data is not recognized when the option Data Bits has been set as 7 Data Bits.

To set this feature:

Determine the desired character or value. A setting of 0xFF indicates the Enable Character is not used (not available).

  1. Determine the desired character or value.
  2. Use the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual to find the hex equivalent for the desired character/value.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT ENABLE CHARACTER SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the desired character/value in step 2 above. The second character will cause a two-beep indication.
  6. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 13 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 13. Enable Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired character/value ‘e’ ’E'Enable Command Not Used
2 Hex equivalent 0x65 0x7D 0x45 0xFF
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT DISABLE CHARACTER VALUE SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘6’ and ‘5’ ‘7’ and ‘D’ ‘4’ and ‘5’ ‘F’ AND ‘F’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Enable Character — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Enable Character — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Enable Character — cont. - 2

Select Enable Character Setting

DEFAULT

0x45 = Enable Character is 'E'

NOTES

Introduction

Use the programming barcodes in this chapter to select options for USB Keyboard and Wedge Interfaces.

Standard Factory Settings

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

Scancode Tables

Information about control character emulation which applies to keyboard interfaces is listed in Appendix F, Scancode Tables.

Country Mode

This feature specifies the country/language supported by the keyboard.

Only the following interfaces support ALL Country Modes.

• USB Keyboard (without alternate key encoding)
- AT, PS/2 25-286, 30-286, 50, 50Z, 60, 70, 80, 90 & 95 w/Std Key Encoding
- Keyboard Wedge for IBM AT PS2 with standard key encoding but without external keyboard
- AT, PS/2 25-286, 30-286, 50, 50Z, 60, 70, 80, 90 & 95 without Alternate Key
- Keyboard Wedge for IBM AT PS2 without alternate key encoding but without external keyboard

All other interfaces support ONLY the following Country Modes: U.S., Belgium, Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Sweden.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode - 3

text_image Country Mode = U.S.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode - 4

text_image Country Mode = Belgium

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode - 5

text_image Country Mode = Britain

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode - 6

text_image Country Mode = Croatia

Supports only the interfaces listed in the Country Mode feature description.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode - 7

text_image Country Mode = Czechoslovakia

Country Mode — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 2Country Mode = DenmarkSupports only the interfaces listed in theCountry Mode feature description.
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 3Country Mode = France
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 4Country Mode = Germany
Supports only the interfaces listed in theCountry Mode feature description.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 5Country Mode = Hungary
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 6Country Mode = Italy
Supports only the interfaces listed in theCountry Mode feature description.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 7Country Mode = Japanese 106-key
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 8Country Mode = NorwaySupports only the interfaces listed in theCountry Mode feature description.

Country Mode — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 2Supports only the interfaces listed in theCountry Mode feature description.
Supports only the interfaces listed in theCountry Mode feature description.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 4Supports only the interfaces listed in theCountry Mode feature description.
Supports only the interfaces listed in theCountry Mode feature description.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 6
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 7
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Country Mode — continued - 8Supports only the interfaces listed in theCountry Mode feature description.

Caps Lock State

This option specifies the format in which the reader sends character data. This applies to keyboard wedge interfaces. This does not apply when an alternate key encoding keyboard is selected.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Caps Lock State - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Caps Lock State - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Caps Lock State - 3Caps Lock State = Caps Lock OFF
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Caps Lock State - 4Caps Lock State = Caps Lock ON
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Caps Lock State - 5Caps Lock State = AUTO Caps Lock Enable

Numlock

This option specifies the setting of the Numbers Lock (Numlock) key while in keyboard wedge interface. This only applies to alternate key encoding interfaces. It does not apply to USB keyboard.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Numlock - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Numlock - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Numlock - 3Numlock = Numlock key unchanged
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Numlock - 4Numlock = Numlock key toggled

Send Control Characters

This feature Specifies how the reader transmits ASCII control characters to the host. Reference Appendix F, Scancode Tables for more information about control characters.

Options are as follows:

Control Character 00 — Characters from 00 to 0x1F are sent as control character Ctrl+Keys, special keys are located from 0x80 to 0xA1.

Control Character 01 — Characters from 00 to 0x1F are sent as control character Ctrl+Capital Key, special keys are located from 0x80 to 0xA1.

Control Character 02 — Special keys are located from 00 to 0x1F and characters from 0x80 to 0xFE are intended as an extended ASCII table (Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252 — see Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252 on page 410).

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Send Control Characters - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Send Control Characters - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Send Control Characters - 3Wedge Send Control Characters = 00
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Send Control Characters - 4Wedge Send Control Characters = 01
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Send Control Characters - 5Wedge Send Control Characters = 02

Wedge Quiet Interval

This option specifies the amount of time to look for keyboard activity before the reader breaks the keyboard connection in order to transmit data to host. The selectable range for this feature is from 0 to 990ms in 10ms increments.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wedge Quiet Interval - 1

This feature applies ONLY to the Keyboard Wedge interface.

NOTE

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 10 (setting is in 10ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT WEDGE QUIET INTERVAL SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - NOTE - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure to set the Wedge Quiet Interval. See Table 14 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 14. Timeout Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 10ms 150ms 600ms 850msms
2Divide by 10 (and pad with leading zeroes)01 15 60 85
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT WEDGE QUIET INTERVAL SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’ ‘1’ and ‘5’‘6’ and ‘0’‘8’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Wedge Quiet Interval — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wedge Quiet Interval — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wedge Quiet Interval — cont. - 2

Select Wedge Quiet Interval Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wedge Quiet Interval — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

10 = Quiet Interval of 100 ms

Intercharacter Delay

This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay between the end of one character and the beginning of the next. The delay can be set within a range of zero (0) to 990 milliseconds in 10ms increments. A setting of zero specifies no delay.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay - 1

This feature applies ONLY to the Keyboard Wedge interface.

NOTE

To set the delay:

  1. Determine the desired setting in milliseconds.
  2. Divide the desired setting by 10 (setting is in 10ms increments). Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT INTERCHARACTER DELAY SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - NOTE - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 14 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 15. Intercharacter Delay Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 50ms 150ms600ms850ms
2Divide by 10 (and pad with leading zeroes to yield two-digits)05 15 60 85
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT INTERCHARACTER DELAY SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘5’‘1’ and ‘5’‘6’ and ‘0’‘8’ and ‘5’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Intercharacter Delay — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay — cont. - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay — cont. - 2 Intercharacter Delay = No Delay
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay — cont. - 3 Select Intercharacter Delay Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercharacter Delay — cont. - 4 CANCEL
DEFAULT 00 = No Intercharacter Delay

Intercode Delay

Specifies the delay between labels transmitted to the host for this interface. The selectable range for this feature is from 0 to 99 seconds.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired setting.
  2. Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT INTERCODE DELAY SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the duration which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercode Delay - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 16 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 16. Wedge Intercode Delay Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting No Delay 5 Seconds 60 Seconds 99 Seconds
2 Pad with leading zero(es) 00 05 60 99
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT INTERCODE DELAY SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’‘0’ and ‘5’‘6’ and ‘0’
7 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Intercode Delay — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercode Delay — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercode Delay — cont. - 2

text_image Set Intercode Delay

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Intercode Delay — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

00 = No Wedge Intercode Delay

USB Keyboard Speed

This option specifies the USB poll rate for a USB keyboard.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed - 1
NOTE

This feature applies ONLY to the USB Keyboard interface.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed - 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

USB Keyboard Speed = 1ms

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

USB Keyboard Speed = 2ms

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

USB Keyboard Speed = 3ms

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed - 7

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

USB Keyboard Speed = 4ms

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed - 8

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

USB Keyboard Speed = 5ms

USB Keyboard Speed — continued

[ETHY]ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed — continued - 1USB Keyboard Speed = 6ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed — continued - 2USB Keyboard Speed = 7ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed — continued - 3USB Keyboard Speed = 8ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed — continued - 4USB Keyboard Speed = 9ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB Keyboard Speed — continued - 5USB Keyboard Speed = 10ms

Introduction

Feature settings for USB interfaces differ depending upon which host type the reader will be connected with. Use the feature settings in this chapter and Chapter 9, IBM 46XX Interface to specifically configure for the USB-OEM interface. Other USB interfaces are included in the appropriate chapter for their host type.

Standard Factory Settings

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

USB-OEM Device Usage

The USB-OEM protocol allows for the reader to be identified as one of two different types of barcode scanners. Depending on what other scanners you may already have connected to a USB-OEM POS, you may need to change this setting to enable all devices to communicate.

Options are:

  • Table Top Scanner
  • Handheld Scanner

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB-OEM Device Usage - 1
NOTE

It may be necessary to switch device usage when connecting two readers/scanners of the same type to a POS system.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB-OEM Device Usage - 2
USB-OEM Device Usage = Table Top Scanner
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB-OEM Device Usage - 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB-OEM Device Usage - 4

USB-OEM Interface Options

This setting provides for an interface specific control mechanism..

Options are:

  • Obey — Obey Scanner Configuration Host Commands
  • Ignore — Ignore Scanner Configuration Host Commands
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB-OEM Interface Options - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB-OEM Interface Options - 2USB-OEM Interface Options = Obey
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB-OEM Interface Options - 3USB-OEM Interface Options = IgnoreDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - USB-OEM Interface Options - 4

NOTES

Introduction

Use the barcodes in this section to configure programmable features for available IBM 46XX interfaces.

IBM Standard Factory Settings

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

46xx Number of Host Resets

Specifies how many consecutive resets are processed before the reader starts a five-second period to allow the user to enter Programming Mode and configure the reader. The configurable range for this feature is 1 to 15 resets.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 246xx Number of Host Resets = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 346xx Number of Host Resets = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 446xx Number of Host Resets = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 546xx Number of Host Resets = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 646xx Number of Host Resets = 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 746xx Number of Host Resets = 6DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets - 8

46xx Number of Host Resets — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 246xx Number of Host Resets = 7
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 346xx Number of Host Resets = 8
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 446xx Number of Host Resets = 9
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 546xx Number of Host Resets = 10
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 646xx Number of Host Resets = 11
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 746xx Number of Host Resets = 12

46xx Number of Host Resets — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 246xx Number of Host Resets = 13
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 346xx Number of Host Resets = 14
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - 46xx Number of Host Resets — cont. - 446xx Number of Host Resets = 15

Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format

This feature enable/disables translation to Code 39 before transmitting label data to an IBM-46XX or a USB-OEM host. Only the symbology identifier is modified for the translation. The data is not converted to Code 39 or verified to be valid for Code 39.

Options are:

IBM Standard Format — Send labels in standard IBM format.

Code 39 Format – Translate the following symbologies to Code 39:

• USB-OEM: Code128, Code 93, and Codabar
• IBM-Port 5B: Code 128, Code 93, and Codabar
• IBM-Port 9B: Code 93 and Codabar

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTTransmit Labels in Code 39 Format = IBM Standard Format
Transmit Labels in Code 39 Format = Code 39 Format

IBM 46XX Interface Options

This setting provides for an interface specific control mechanism..

Options are:

  • Obey — Obey Scanner Configuration Host Commands
  • Ignore — Ignore Scanner Configuration Host Commands

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - IBM 46XX Interface Options - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - IBM 46XX Interface Options - 2

text_image USB-OEM Interface Options = Ignore

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - IBM 46XX Interface Options - 3

text_image USB-OEM Interface Options = Obey

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - IBM 46XX Interface Options - 4

Chapter 10

Wand Emulation Interface

Introduction

This chapter provides feature/settings configuration for the Wand Emulation interface.

Wand Emulation Standard Factory Settings

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

Wand Idle State

This feature specifies the level of the Wand output signal when the reader is idle.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Idle State - 1
NOTE

TTL logic levels:

0V <= Low <= 0.7V

2.4V <= High <= 5.25V

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Idle State - 2
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Idle State - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Wand Idle State = Low

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Idle State - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Wand Idle State = High

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Idle State - 5

Wand Polarity

This option specifies the polarity of the Wand output signal. Choices are:

  • Quiet zones and spaces are high, bars are low
  • Quiet zones and spaces are low, bars are high

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Polarity - 1
NOTE

TTL logic levels:

0V <= Low <= 0.7V

2.4V <= High <= 5.25V

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Polarity - 2

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Polarity - 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Polarity - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Wand Polarity = Quiet Zones & Spaces High, Bars Low

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Polarity - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Wand Polarity = Quiet Zones & Spaces Low, Bars High

Wand Signal Speed

This feature specifies the speed of the Wand output signal per nominal bar or space. Choices are:

• 330 microseconds
- 660 microseconds

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Signal Speed - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Signal Speed - 2Wand Signal Speed = 330ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Signal Speed - 3Wand Signal Speed = 660msDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Wand Signal Speed - 4

Label Symbology Conversion

When this feature is enabled for the Wand Emulation interface, all barcode labels are converted to a single symbology.

Options are:

  • No conversion
  • Convert to Code 39 symbology
  • Convert to Code 39 Full ASCII
  • Convert to Code 128 symbology

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Symbology Conversion - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Symbology Conversion - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Symbology Conversion - 3

text_image Label Symbology Conversion = No conversion

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Symbology Conversion - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Label Symbology Conversion = Convert to Code 39

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Symbology Conversion - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Label Symbology Conversion = Convert to Code 39 Full ASCII

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label Symbology Conversion - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Label Symbology Conversion = Convert to Code 128

Transmit Noise

This option specifies the leading/trailing noise for the Wand interface.

Choices are:

  • Disable (no leading/trailing noise)
  • Enable leading noise
  • Enable trailing noise
  • Enable leading and trailing noise
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Transmit Noise - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Transmit Noise - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Transmit Noise - 3 Transmit Noise = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Transmit Noise - 4 Transmit Noise = Transmit leading noise
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Transmit Noise - 5 Transmit Noise = Transmit trailing noise
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Transmit Noise - 6 Transmit Noise = Transmit leading and trailing noise

NOTES

Data Editing Overview

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Data Editing Overview - 1
CAUTION

It is not recommended to use these features with IBM interfaces.

When a barcode is scanned, additional information can be sent to the host computer along with the barcode data. This combination of barcode data and supplementary user-defined data is called a “message string.” The features in this chapter can be used to build specific user-defined data into a message string.

There are several types of selectable data characters that can be sent before and after scanned data. You can specify if they should be sent with all symbologies, or only with specific symbologies. Figure 4 shows the available elements you can add to a message string:

Figure 4. Breakdown of a Message String
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Data Editing Overview - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Label ID Transmission: Enable this option to transmit the Label ID you configure for the scanned symbology."] --> B["OR..."]
    C["Prefix"] --> D["SuffixAIM ID"]
    D --> E["Label ID Label"]
    E --> F["IDBar Code Data"]
    F --> G["00 - 20 Characters (ASCII)"]
    H["AIM ID: This function is used to identify and display the common label identifier for its symbology. When enabled, this ID code will be transmitted before the scanned bar code data."] --> I["End"]

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Data Editing Overview - 3
NOTE

Additional advanced editing is available. See the Advanced Formatting features in the Datalogic Aladdin Configuration Application or contact Technical Support on page 3 for more information.

Please Keep In Mind...

  • Modifying a message string is not a mandatory requirement. Data editing is sophisticated feature allowing highly customizable output for advanced users. Factory default settings for data editing is typically set to NONE.
  • A prefix or suffix may be applied (reference the Symbologies chapter for these settings) across all symbologies (set via the Global features in this chapter).
  • You can add any character from the ASCII Chart (from 00-FF) on the inside back cover of this manual as a prefix, suffix or Label ID.
  • Enter prefixes and suffixes in the order in which you want them to appear on the output.

Global Prefix/Suffix

Up to 20 ASCII characters may be added as a prefix (in a position before the barcode data) and/or as a suffix (in a position following the barcode data) as indicated in Figure 5.

Figure 5. Prefix and Suffix Positions
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Global Prefix/Suffix - 1

text_image OR... Prefix SuffixAIM ID Label ID Label ID Bar Code Data 00 - 20 Characters (ASCII) AND OR

Example: Setting a Prefix

In this example, we'll set a prefix for all symbologies.

  1. Determine which ASCII character(s) are to be added to scanned barcode data. In this example, we'll add a dollar sign (\$') as a prefix.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode.
  3. Scan the SET GLOBAL PREFIX barcode.
  4. Reference the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual, to find the hex value assigned to the desired character. The corresponding hex number for the '\$' character is 24. To enter this selection code, scan the '2' and '4' barcodes from Appendix E, Keypad.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Example: Setting a Prefix - 1
NOTE

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. If less than the expected string of 20 characters are selected, scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to terminate the string.

  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode once again to exit Programming Mode.

  3. The resulting message string would appear as follows:

Scanned barcode data:12345

Resulting message string output: \$12345

This option sets up to 20 characters each from the set of ASCII characters or any hex value from 00 to FF. To configure this feature, scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to place the unit in Programming Mode, then the "Set Global Prefix" or "Set Global Suffix," barcode followed by the digits (in hex) from the Alphanumeric characters in Appendix E, Keypad representing your desired character(s). If less than the expected string of 20 characters are selected, scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to terminate the string. Reference the section, Example: Setting a Prefix on page 104, for more information. Exit programming mode by scanning the ENTER/EXIT barcode once again.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Set Global Prefix
Set Global Suffix
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning. CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Example: Setting a Prefix - 2

text_image DEFAULT

No Global Prefix Global Suffix = 0x0D (CR)

Global AIM ID

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Global AIM ID - 1

This feature enables/disables addition of AIM IDs for all symbology types.

NOTE

AIM label identifiers (as opposed to custom characters you select yourself as with label identifiers) can be included with scanned barcode data. AIM label identifiers consist of three characters as follows:

  • A close brace character (ASCII ']), followed by...
    • A code character (see the table below), followed by...
  • A modifier character (the modifier character is symbol dependent).
SYMBOLOGY CHARSYMBOLLOGY CHAR
UPC/EAN E^a Code 128/GS1-128 C
Code 39 and Code 32AGS1 DataBar Omnidirec-tional, GS1 DataBar Expanded
Codabar F Standard 2 of 5 S
Interleaved 2 of 5 I ISBN
Code 93 G Code 11 H

a. UPC-A and UPC-E labels are converted to EAN 13 when adding AIM IDs.

b. ISBN (X with a 0 modifier character)

Figure 6. AIM ID
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - NOTE - 1

text_image Prefix Label ID AIM ID Bar Code Data Label ID Suffix

Global AIM ID — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Global AIM ID — continued - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Global AIM ID — continued - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Global AIM ID — continued - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Global AIM ID = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Global AIM ID — continued - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Global AIM ID = Enable

GS1-128 AIM ID

If Global AIM ID is disabled, the AIM ID for GS1-128 can be enabled/disabled independently. The AIM ID for GS1-128 is a ]C1, ]C2 or ]C3.

AIM IDs for other symbologies can be enabled/disabled independently as well. Contact Customer Support for assistance.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 AIM ID - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 AIM ID - 2GS1-128 AIM ID = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 AIM ID - 3GS1-128 AIM ID = EnableDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 AIM ID - 4

Label ID

A Label ID is a customizable code of up to three ASCII characters (each can be one of hex 0x01-0xFF), used to identify a barcode (symbology) type. It can be appended previous to or following the transmitted barcode data depending upon how this option is enabled. This feature provides options for configuring custom Label IDs as a pre-loaded set (see . Label ID Pre-loaded Sets on page 110) or individually per symbology (see Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology on page 112). If you wish to program the reader to always include an industry standard label identifier for ALL symbology types, see the previous feature Global AIM ID on page 106.

Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets

The reader supports two pre-loaded sets of Label IDs. Table 17 shows the USA set and the EU set.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 1
CAUTION

When changing from one Label ID set to another, all other imager configuration settings, including the host interface type, will be erased and set to the factory defaults. Any custom configuration or custom defaults will be lost.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 3

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 4
Label ID Pre-loaded Set = USA Set

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID: Pre-loaded Sets - 5
Label ID Pre-loaded Set = EU Set

Table 17. Label ID Pre-loaded Sets

Symbology USA Label ID set EU Label ID set
ASCII characterHex valueASCII characterHexadecimal value
ABC CodabarS 530000S 530000
Anker Plesseyo 6F0000o 6F0000
CODABAR% 250000R 520000
Codablock FI 6C0000m 6D0000
Code 39 CIPY 590000Y 590000
Code 93& 260000U 550000
CODE11CE 434500b 620000
CODE128# 230000T 540000
CODE32A 410000X 580000
CODE39* 2A0000V 560000
CODE44 3400004 340000
CODE5j 6A0000j 6A0000
CODE93& 260000U 550000
DATALOGIC 2OF5s 730000s 730000
EAN13F 460000B 420000
EAN13 P2F 460000L 4C0000
EAN13 P5F 460000M 4D0000
EAN13 P8F 460000# 230000
EAN8FF 464600A 410000
EAN8 P2FF 464600J 4A0000
EAN8 P5FF 464600K 4B0000
EAN8 P8FF 464600* 2A0000
FOLLETT 2OF5O 4F0000O 4F0000
GS1 DATABAR EXPANDEDRX525800 t 740000
GS1 DATABAR LIMITEDRL524C00 v760000
GS1 DATABAR OMNIDIRECTIONALR4 523400u 750000
GS1-128000000 k6B0000
GTING470000A 244100
GTIN2G2 473200B 244200
SymbologyUSA Label ID setEU Label ID set
GTIN5 G5 473500 C 244300
GTIN8G8 473800D 244400
I2OF5i 690000N 4E0000
IATAIA 494100& 260000
Industrial 2 of 5W 570000W 570000
Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HRe 650000e 650000
ISBNI 490000@ 400000
ISBT128f 660000f 660000
ISSNn 6E0000n 6E0000
MSI@ 400000Z 5A0000
Plesseya 610000a 610000
S25s 730000P 500000
UPCAA 410000C 430000
UPCA P2A 410000F 460000
UPCA P5A 410000G 470000
UPCA P8A 410000Q 510000
UPCEE 450000D 440000
UPCE P2E 450000H 480000
UPCE P5E 450000I 490000
UPCE P8E 450000E 450000

Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology

To configure a Label ID individually for a single symbology:

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode.
  2. Select Label ID position as either BEFORE (Enable as Prefix) or AFTER (Enable as suffix) by scanning the appropriate barcode in the section Label ID Control on page 114. Reference Figure 7 for Label ID positioning options if multiple identification features are enabled.
  3. Scan a barcode to select the symbology for which you wish to configure a custom Label ID from the section Label ID Symbology Selection, starting on page 115.
  4. Determine the desired character(s) (you may choose up to three) which will represent the Label ID for the selected symbology.
  5. Turn to the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual and find the equivalent hex digits associated with your choice of Label ID. For example, if you wish to select an equal sign (=) as a Label ID, the chart indicates its associated hex characters as 3D. Turn to Keypad, starting on page 395 and scan the barcodes representing the hex characters determined. For the example given, the characters '3' and 'D' would be scanned. More examples of Label ID settings are provided in Table 18.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID: Set Individually Per Symbology - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to exit Label ID entry.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode once again to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the steps to configure a Label ID for a given symbology.

Figure 7. Label ID Position Options
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - NOTE - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Prefix"] --> B["SuffixLabel ID"]
    B --> C["Label IDBar"]
    C --> D["Code DataAim ID"]
    D --> E["OR"]
    E --> A

Label ID — continued

Table 18. Label ID Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode (Scanner enters Programming Mode)
2.Determine placement of the Label ID characters BEFORE or AFTER with regard to scanned data using Label ID Control on page 114Enable as PrefixEnable as Suffix Enableas Prefix Enableas Suffix
3.Scan the barcode selecting the symbology type you wish to designate label ID characters for using Label ID Symbology Selection, starting on page 115.GS1 DataBarOmnidirectionalCode 39 Interleaved 2 of 5 Code 32
4.Custom Label ID example (desired characters):D B * = C3 +PH
5.Find hex equivalents from the ASCII table (inside back cover), then scan in these digits/characters using the barcodes in the section: Keypad, starting on page 395. f you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.44 42 2A 3D43 332B50 48
6.Scan theENTER/EXIT barcode(Scanner exits Label ID entry)
7.Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode once again(Scanner exits Programming Mode)
Result:DB*[barcode data][barcode data]=C3+[barcode data][barcode data]PH

Label ID — continued

Label ID Control

This option controls whether a Label ID is disabled, or sent as a prefix or suffix for a given symbology type.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Control - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Control - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Control - 3Label ID Transmission = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Control - 4Label ID Transmission = Enable as Prefix
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Control - 5Label ID Transmission = Enable as Suffix
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Control - 6CANCELMake a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

Label ID — continued

Label ID Symbology Selection

This option selects the symbology for which a Label ID is to be configured. See Label ID on page 109 for full instructions.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 2 Set UPC-A Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 3 Set UPC-A/P2 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 4 Set UPC-A/P5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 5 Set UPC-A/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 6 Set UPC-E Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection - 7 Set UPC-E/P2 Label ID Character(s)

Label ID — continued

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

This option selects the symbology for which a Label ID is to be configured. See Label ID on page 109 for full instructions.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 2Set UPC-E/P5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 3Set UPC-E/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 4Set EAN 13 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 5Set EAN 13/P2 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 6Set EAN 13/P5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 7Set EAN 13/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)

Label ID — continued

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

This option selects the symbology for which a Label ID is to be configured. See Label ID on page 109 for full instructions.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 2Set EAN 8 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 3Set EAN 8/P2 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 4Set EAN 8/P5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 5Set EAN 8/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 6Set GTIN Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 7Set GTIN/P2 Label ID Character(s)

Label ID — continued

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

This option selects the symbology for which a Label ID is to be configured. See Label ID on page 109 for full instructions.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 2Set GTIN/P5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 3Set GTIN/GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 4Set GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 5Set GS1 DataBar Expanded Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 6Set GS1 DataBar Limited Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 7Set Code 39 Label ID Character(s)

Label ID — continued

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

This option selects the symbology for which a Label ID is to be configured. See Label ID on page 109 for full instructions.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 2Set Code 32 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 3Set Code 39 CIP Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 4Set Code 128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 5Set GS1-128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 6Set Interleaved 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 7Set Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 8Set Datalogic 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)

Label ID — continued

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

This option selects the symbology for which a Label ID is to be configured. See Label ID on page 109 for full instructions.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 2Set Codabar Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 3Set ABC Codabar Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 4Set Code 11 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 5Set Standard 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 6Set Industrial 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 7Set ISSN Label ID Character(s)

Label ID — continued

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

This option selects the symbology for which a Label ID is to be configured. See Label ID on page 109 for full instructions.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 2Set IATA Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 3Set Concatinated ISBT 128 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 4Set MSI Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 5Set Plessey Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 6Set Anker Plessey Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 7Set Code 93 Label ID Character(s)

Label ID — continued

Label ID Symbology Selection — continued

This option selects the symbology for which a Label ID is to be configured. See Label ID on page 109 for full instructions.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 2Set Codablock F Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 3Set Code 4 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 4Set Code 5 Label ID Character(s)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Label ID Symbology Selection — continued - 5Set Follett 2 of 5 Label ID Character(s)

Case Conversion

This feature allows conversion of the case of all alphabetic characters to upper or lower case.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Case Conversion - 1

Case conversion affects ONLY scanned barcode data, and does not affect Label ID, Prefix, Suffix, or other appended data.

NOTE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Case Conversion - 2 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Case Conversion - 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Case Conversion - 4Case Conversion = Disable (no case conversion)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Case Conversion - 5Case Conversion = Convert to upper case
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Case Conversion - 6Case Conversion = Convert to lower case

Character Conversion

Character conversion is an eight byte configuration item. The eight bytes are 4 character pairs represented in hexadecimal ASCII values. The first character in the pair is the character that will be converted. The second character in the pair is the character to convert to. If the character to convert in a pair is FF, then no conversion is done.

For example, if you have the character conversion configuration item set to the following: 41423132FFFFFFF

The first pair is 4142 or AB (41 hex is an ASCII capital A, 42 hex is an ASCII capital B) and the second pair is 3132 or 12 (31 hex is an ASCII 1, 32 is an ASCII 2). The other two pairs are FFFF and FFFF.

With the label, AB12BA21, it would look as follows after the character conversion: BB22BB22.

The A characters were converted to B characters and the 1 characters were converted to 2 characters. Nothing is done with the last two character pairs, since they are all FF.

To set Character Conversion:

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode.
  2. Scan the "Configure Character Conversion" barcode.
  3. Determine the desired string. Sixteen positions must be determined as in the above example. Next, turn to the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual and find the equivalent hex digits needed to fulfill the string.
  4. Turn to Appendix E, Keypad and scan the barcodes representing the hex characters determined in the previous step.
  5. Scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode to exit Programming Mode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Character Conversion - 1
NOTE

If less than the expected string of 16 characters are selected, scan the ENTER/EXIT barcode twice to accept the selections and exit Programming Mode.

Character Conversion — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Character Conversion — continued - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Character Conversion — continued - 2
Configure Character Conversion

DEFAULT

0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF

(No character conversion)

NOTES

Introduction

The reader supports the following symbologies (barcode types). Options for each symbology are included in this chapter.

Symbologies

  • UPC-A
  • Datalogic 2 of 5
  • UPC-E • Codabar
    • GTIN Formatting • ABC Codabar
    • EAN 13 (JAN 13) • Code 11
    • EAN 8 (JAN 8) • Standard 2 of 5

- Add-Ons • Industrial 2 of 5

• GS1 DataBar ^TM Omnidirectional • IATA

• GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded • ISBT 128

• GS1 DataBar ^TM Limited • MSI

• Code 39 • Plessey

• Code 32 (Italian Pharmaceutical) • Code 93

• Code 39 CIP (French Pharmaceutical) • Codablock F

- Code 128 • Code 4

- GS1-128 • Code 5

• Interleaved 2 of 5 (1 2 of 5) • Follett 2 of 5

• Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR

Standard Factory Settings for Symbologies

Default settings are indicated at each feature/option with a green arrow. Also reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of the most widely used set of standard factory settings. That section also provides space to record any custom settings needed or implemented for your system.

Disable All Symbologies

Scan this label to disable all symbologies.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Disable All Symbologies - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Disable All Symbologies - 2

text_image Disable all symbologies

Coupon Control

This feature is used to control the method of processing coupon labels.

Options are:

  • Allow all — allow all coupon barcodes to be decoded
  • Enable only UPC/EAN — enables only UPC/EAN coupon decoding
  • Enable only GS1 DataBar — enables only GS1 DataBar coupon decoding

To set this feature:

  1. Scan the SWITCH bar code.
  2. Scan either the enable or disable bar code below. You'll need to cover any unused barcodes on this and the facing page to ensure that the reader sees only the barcode you intend to scan.
  3. Complete the programming sequence by scanning the SWITCH barcode.
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - To set this feature: - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Coupon Control = Allow all
Coupon Control = Enable only UPC/EANDEFAULT
Coupon Control = Enable only GS1 DataBar

UPC-A

The following options apply to the UPC-A symbology.

UPC-A Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read UPC-A barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Enable/Disable - 2UPC-A = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Enable/Disable - 3UPC-A = EnableDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Enable/Disable - 4

UPC-A Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with UPC-A barcode data.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Check Character Transmission - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Check Character Transmission - 2UPC-A Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Check Character Transmission - 3UPC-A Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Check Character Transmission - 4

UPC-A — cont.

Expand UPC-A to EAN-13

Expands UPC-A data to the EAN-13 data format. Selecting this feature also changes the symbology ID to match those required for EAN-13.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTUPC-A to EAN-13 = Don't Expand
UPC-A to EAN-13 = Expand

UPC-A Number System Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of the UPC-A number system character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
UPC-A Number System Character = Do not transmit
DEFAULT

UPC-A — cont.

In-Store Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an in-store label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

In-store labels are defined as UPC-A labels with a number-system character of 2 or 4 as well as EAN 8 and EAN 13 labels with a Flag1 character of 2 or an EAN 13 label starting with the three characters '980'.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 2 In-Store Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 3 In-Store Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 5 In-Store Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - In-Store Minimum Reads - 6 In-Store Minimum Reads = 4

UPC-E

The following options apply to the UPC-E symbology.

UPC-E Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read UPC-E barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Enable/Disable - 2UPC-E = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Enable/Disable - 3UPC-E = EnableDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Enable/Disable - 4

UPC-E Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with UPC-E barcode data.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Check Character Transmission - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Check Character Transmission - 2UPC-E Check Character Transmission = Don’t Send
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Check Character Transmission - 3UPC-E Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Check Character Transmission - 4

UPC-E — cont.

Expand UPC-E to EAN-13

Expands UPC-E data to the EAN-13 data format. Selecting this feature also changes the symbology ID to match those required for EAN-13.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTUPC-E to EAN-13 = Don't Expand
UPC-E to EAN-13 = Expand

Expand UPC-E to UPC-A

Expands UPC-E data to the UPC-A data format.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTUPC-E to UPC-A = Don't Expand
UPC-E to UPC-A = Expand

UPC-E — cont.

UPC-E Number System Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of the UPC-E system number character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Number System Character Transmission - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Number System Character Transmission - 2UPC-E Number System Character = Do not transmit
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Number System Character Transmission - 3UPC-E Number System Character = TransmitDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Number System Character Transmission - 4

UPC-E — cont.

UPC-E Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a UPC-E label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 2UPC-E Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 3UPC-E Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 5UPC-E Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-E Minimum Reads - 6UPC-E Minimum Reads = 4

GTIN Formatting

This feature enables/disables the ability to convert UPC-E, UPC-A, EAN 8, and EAN 13 labels into the GTIN 14-character format.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GTIN Formatting - 1
NOTE

If add-on information is present on the base label prior to the conversion taking place, the addon information will be appended to the converted GTIN label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GTIN Formatting - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GTIN Formatting - 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GTIN Formatting - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

GTIN Formatting = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GTIN Formatting - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

GTIN Formatting = Enable

EAN 13

The following options apply to the EAN 13 (Jan 13) symbology.

EAN 13 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read EAN 13/JAN 13 barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Enable/Disable - 2EAN 13 = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Enable/Disable - 3EAN 13 = EnableDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Enable/Disable - 4

EAN 13 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with EAN 13 barcode data.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Check Character Transmission - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Check Character Transmission - 2EAN 13 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Check Character Transmission - 3EAN 13 Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Check Character Transmission - 4

EAN 13 — cont.

EAN-13 Flag 1 Character

Enables/disables transmission of an EAN/JAN13 Flag1 character. The Flag 1 character is the first character of the label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN-13 Flag 1 Character - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN-13 Flag 1 Character - 2EAN-13 Flag 1 Char= Don't transmit
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN-13 Flag 1 Character - 3EAN-13 Flag 1 Char= TransmitDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN-13 Flag 1 Character - 4

EAN-13 ISBN Conversion

This option enables/disables conversion of EAN 13/JAN 13 Bookland labels starting with 978 to ISBN labels.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTEAN-13 ISBN Conversion = Disable
EAN-13 ISBN Conversion = Convert to ISBN

ISSN Enable/Disable

Enables/disables conversion of EAN/JAN13 Bookland labels starting with 977 to ISSN labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISSN Enable/Disable - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE"] --> B["DEFAULT"]
    A --> C["ISSN = Disable"]
    B --> D["ISSN = Enable"]
    C --> E["ISSN = Disable"]

EAN 13 — cont.

EAN 13 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an EAN 13 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 3EAN 13 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 4EAN 13 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 5EAN 13 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 13 Minimum Reads - 6EAN 13 Minimum Reads = 4

EAN 8

The following options apply to the EAN 8 (Jan 8) symbology.

EAN 8 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read EAN 8/JAN 8 barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Enable/Disable - 2EAN 8 = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Enable/Disable - 3EAN 8 = EnableDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Enable/Disable - 4

EAN 8 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with EAN 8 barcode data.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Check Character Transmission - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Check Character Transmission - 2EAN 8 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Check Character Transmission - 3EAN 8 Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Check Character Transmission - 4

EAN 8 — cont.

Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13

Enable this option to expand EAN 8/JAN 8 labels to EAN 13/JAN 13.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 - 3Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 - 4Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13 = Enable

EAN 8 — cont.

EAN 8 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an EAN 8 (Jan 8) label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 3EAN 8 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 4EAN 8 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 5EAN 8 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - EAN 8 Minimum Reads - 6EAN 8 Minimum Reads = 4

UPC/EAN Global Settings

This section provides configuration settings for UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN 13 and EAN 8 symbologies, and affects all of these unless otherwise marked for each feature description.

UPC/EAN Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

UPC/EAN Global Settings — cont.

UPC/EAN Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level — cont. - 2UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level — cont. - 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level — cont. - 4UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level — cont. - 5UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level — cont. - 6UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Decoding Level — cont. - 7UPC/EAN Decoding Level = 5

UPC/EAN Global Settings — cont.

UPC/EAN Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTUPC/EAN Correlation = Disable
UPC/EAN Correlation = Enable

UPC/EAN Reconstruction

This option enables/disables character reconstruction for UPC/EAN labels.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTUPC/EAN Reconstruction = Disable
UPC/EAN Reconstruction = Enable

UPC/EAN Global Settings — cont.

UPC/EAN Price Weight Check

This feature enables/disables calculation and verification of price/weight check digits. Options are

• D i s a b l c d
- Enable 4-digit price-weight check-digit calculation
- Enable 5-digit price-weight check-digit calculation
- Enable European 4-digit price-weight check-digit calculation
- Enable European 5-digit price-weight check-digit calculation

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 3

text_image Price Weight Check = Disabled

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Price Weight Check = 4-digit price-weight check

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Price Weight Check = 5-digit price-weight check

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and patterns

Price Weight Check = European 4-digit price-weight check

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC/EAN Price Weight Check - 7

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Price Weight Check = European 5-digit price-weight check

UPC/EAN Global Settings — cont.

UPC-A Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a UPC-A label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 3UPC-A Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 4UPC-A Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 5UPC-A Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - UPC-A Minimum Reads - 6UPC-A Minimum Reads = 4

Add-Ons

The following features apply to optional add-ons.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Add-Ons - 1
NOTE

Contact Customer Support for advanced programming of optional and conditional add-ons.

Optional Add-ons

The reader can be enabled to optionally read the following add-ons (supplementals):

P2
P5
• GS1-128

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons - 1
NOTE

If a UPC/EAN base label and a an add-on are both decoded, the reader will transmit the base label and add-on. If a UPC/EAN base label is decoded without an add-on, the base label will be transmitted without an add-on.

Conditional add-on settings (if enabled) are considered by the reader before optional add-on settings.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons - 2 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons - 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons - 4 Optional Add-Ons = Disable P2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons - 5 Optional Add-Ons = Enable P2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons - 6DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons - 7 Optional Add-Ons = Disable P5

Add-Ons — cont.

Optional Add-ons — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons — cont. - 2Optional Add-Ons = Enable P5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons — cont. - 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons — cont. - 4Optional Add-Ons = Disable GS1-128
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-ons — cont. - 5Optional Add-Ons = Enable GS1-128

Add-Ons — cont.

Optional Add-On Timer

This option sets the time the reader will look for an add-on when an add-on fragment has been seen and optional add-ons are enabled. (Also see Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer on page 155.)

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer - 2Optional Add-on Timer = 10ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer - 3Optional Add-on Timer = 20ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer - 4Optional Add-on Timer = 30ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer - 5Optional Add-on Timer = 40ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer - 6Optional Add-on Timer = 50ms

Add-Ons — cont.

Optional Add-On Timer — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 2Optional Add-on Timer = 60ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 3Optional Add-on Timer = 70msDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 5Optional Add-on Timer = 100ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 6Optional Add-on Timer = 120ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 7Optional Add-on Timer = 140ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 8Optional Add-on Timer = 160ms

Add-Ons — cont.

Optional Add-On Timer — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 2Optional Add-on Timer = 180ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 3Optional Add-on Timer = 200ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 4Optional Add-on Timer = 220ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 5Optional Add-on Timer = 240ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 6Optional Add-on Timer = 260ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 7Optional Add-on Timer = 280ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional Add-On Timer — cont. - 8Optional Add-on Timer = 300ms

Add-Ons — cont.

Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer

This option sets the timer expiration value to read the added part after reading the linear EAN/UPC part. For UPC/EAN add-ons other than those of that type, see Optional Add-On Timer on page 152.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 3Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 4Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 10ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 5Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 20ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 6Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 30ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 7Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 40ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer - 8Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 50ms

Add-Ons — cont.

Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 2Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 60ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 3Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 70ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 4Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 100ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 5Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 120ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 6Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 140ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 7Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 160ms

Add-Ons — cont.

Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 2Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 180ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 3Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 200ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 4Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 220ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 5Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 240ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 6Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 260ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 7Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 280ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer — cont. - 8Optional GS1-128 Add-On Timer = 300ms

Add-Ons — cont.

P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of times a P2 add-on must be read before it is marked as valid and then combined with a base label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 2P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 3P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 5P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 6P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 4

Add-Ons — cont.

P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of times a P5 add-on must be read before it is marked as valid and then combined with a base label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 3P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 4P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 5P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 6P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 4

Add-Ons — cont.

GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of times an GS1-128 add-on must be read before it is marked as valid and then combined with a base label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 3GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 4GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 5GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads - 6GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads = 4

GS1 DataBar™ Omnidirectional

The following options apply to the GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly RSS-14) symbology.

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional barcodes.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTGS1 DataBar Omnidirectional = Disable
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional = Enable

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation

When enabled, GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional barcodes will be translated to the GS1-128 label data format.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTGS1 DataBar Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation = Disable
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional GS1-128 Emulation = Enable

GS1 DataBar ^TM Omnidirectional — cont.

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a GS1 DataBar Omni-directional label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 1

text_image Barcode image with black and white vertical bars on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads = 1
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads = 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads = 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central pattern

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads = 4

GS1 DataBar™ Expanded

The following options apply to the GS1 DataBar Expanded (formerly RSS Expanded) symbology.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read GS1 DataBar Expanded barcodes.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTGS1 DataBar Expanded = Disable
GS1 DataBar Expanded = Enable

GS1 DataBar Expanded GS1-128 Emulation

When enabled, GS1 DataBar Expanded barcodes will be translated to the GS1-128 label data format.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTGS1 DataBar Expanded GS1-128 Emulation = Disable
GS1 DataBar Expanded GS1-128 Emulation = Enable

GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded — cont.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a GS1 DataBar Expanded label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads - 1

text_image Barcode image with black and white vertical bars on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads = 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads = 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central pattern

GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads = 4

GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded — cont.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the GS1 DataBar Expanded symbology.

Variable Length — For variable-length decoding, a minimum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed-length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTGS1 DataBar Expanded Length Control = Variable Length
GS1 DataBar Expanded Length Control = Fixed Length

GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded — cont.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for GS1 DataBar Expanded Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only.

The length can be set from 1 to 74 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 74). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT GS1 DATABAR EXPANDED LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 19 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 19. GS1 DataBar Expanded Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 01 Character 07 Characters52 Characters4 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT GS1 DATABASE EXPANDED LENGTH 1SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘5’ and ‘2’ ‘7’AND ‘4’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded — cont.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 1 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 1 — cont. - 2Select GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 1 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 1 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded — cont.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for GS1 DataBar Expanded Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only.

The length can be set from 1 to 74 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 74). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT GS1 DATABAR EXPANDED LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 20 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 20. GS1 DataBar Expanded Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (ignore second length)07 Characters 52Characters 74 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT GS1 DATABASE EXPANDED LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘5’ and ‘2’ ‘7’ and ‘4’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

GS1 DataBar ^TM Expanded — cont.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 2 — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 2 — cont. - 2
Select GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 2 — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

74 = Length 2 is 74 Characters

GS1 DataBar™ Limited

The following options apply to the GS1 DataBar Limited (formerly RSS Limited) symbology.

GS1 DataBar Limited Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read GS1 DataBar Limited barcodes.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTGS1 DataBar Limited = Disable
GS1 DataBar Limited = Enable

GS1 DataBar Limited GS1-128 Emulation

When enabled, GS1 DataBar Limited barcodes will be translated to the GS1-128 label data format.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTGS1 DataBar Limited GS1-128 Emulation = Disable
GS1 DataBar Limited GS1-128 Emulation = Enable

GS1 DataBar ^TM Limited — cont.

GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a GS1 DataBar Limited label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads = 1

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads = 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads = 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads = 4

Code 39

The following options apply to the Code 39 symbology.

Code 39 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Code 39 barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Enable/Disable - 2Code 39 = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Enable/Disable - 3Code 39 = EnableDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Enable/Disable - 4

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Check Character Calculation

Enable this option to enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Code 39 check character. When disabled, any check character in the label is treated as a data character

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 2Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Don't Calculate
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 3Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Calculate Std CheckDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 5Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Calculate Mod 7 Check
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 6Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Enable Italian Post Check
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Check Character Calculation - 7Code 39 Check Character Calculation = Enable Daimler Chrysler Check

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with Code 39 barcode data.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 39 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
Code 39 Check Character Transmission = SendDEFAULT

Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission

Enable this option to enable/disable transmission of Code 39 start and stop characters.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission = Don't Transmit
Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmission = Transmit

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Full ASCII

In Code 39 decoding, this enables/disables the translation of Code 39 characters to Code 39 full-ASCII characters.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Full ASCII - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Full ASCII - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Full ASCII - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central pattern

Code 39 Full ASCII = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Full ASCII - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Code 39 Full ASCII = Enable

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Quiet Zones

This feature specifies the number of quiet zones for Code 39 labels. Quiet zones are blank areas at the ends of a barcode and are typically 10 times the width of the narrowest bar or space in the label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 2Code 39 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zone on one side
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 3Code 39 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 4Code 39 Quiet Zones = AutoDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 6Code 39 Quiet Zones = Virtual Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Quiet Zones - 7Code 39 Quiet Zones = Small Quiet Zones on two sides

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 39 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 3Code 39 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 4Code 39 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 5Code 39 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Minimum Reads - 6Code 39 Minimum Reads = 4

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Decoding Level - 1

NOTE

This configuration item applies to Code 39 and Code 32.

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Decoding Level — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Decoding Level — cont. - 2Code 39 Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Decoding Level — cont. - 3Code 39 Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Decoding Level — cont. - 4Code 39 Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Decoding Level — cont. - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Decoding Level — cont. - 6Code 39 Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Decoding Level — cont. - 7Code 39 Decoding Level = 5

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Code 39 symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Length Control - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Length Control - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Length Control - 3Code 39 Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Length Control - 4Code 39 Length Control = Fixed Length

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 39 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 0 to 50 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 0 to 50). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODE 39 LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 21 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 21. Code 39 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 00 Characters 07 Characters 15 Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 39 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters FromAppendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Set Length 1 — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Set Length 1 — cont. - 2

text_image Select Code 39 Set Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Set Length 1 — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

02 = Length 1 is 2 Characters

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 39 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 50 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODE 39 LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake, before the last character scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 22 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 22. Code 39 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 39 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Set Length 2 — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Set Length 2 — cont. - 2

text_image Select Code 39Length 2 Settin

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Set Length 2 — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Interdigit Ratio

This feature specifies the ratio between an intercharacter space and module for Code 39 labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 2Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 3Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 4Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 5Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 6DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 7Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio - 8Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 5

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Interdigit Ratio — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 2Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 6
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 3Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 7
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 4Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 8
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 5Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 9
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 6Code 39 Interdigit Ratio = 10

Code 39 — cont.

Code 39 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Character Correlation - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Character Correlation - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Character Correlation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Code 39 Character Correlation = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Character Correlation - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Code 39 Character Correlation = Enable

Code 39 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Code 39 labels. When parts of a Code 39 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 39 Stitching - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 39 Stitching = Disable
Code 39 Stitching = EnableDEFAULT

Code 32 (Italian Pharmaceutical)

The following options apply to the Code 32 (Italian Pharamaceutical Code) symbology.

Code 32 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Code 32 barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 32 Enable/Disable - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 32 Enable/Disable - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 32 Enable/Disable - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Code 32 = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 32 Enable/Disable - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Code 32 = Enable

Code 32 Feature Setting Exceptions

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 32 Feature Setting Exceptions - 1
NOTE

The following features are set for Code 32 by using these Code 39 settings:

Code 39 Quiet Zones on page 176

Code 39 Minimum Reads on page 177

Code 39 Decoding Level on page 178

Code 39 Interdigit Ratio on page 185

Code 39 Character Correlation on page 187

Code 39 Stitching on page 188

Code 32 (Italian Pharmaceutical) — cont.

Code 32 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with Code 32 barcode data.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 32 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
Code 32 Check Character Transmission = Send

Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission

This option enables/disable transmission of Code 32 start and stop characters.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission = Don't Transmit
Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmission = Transmit

Code 39 CIP (French Pharmaceutical)

The following options apply to the Code 39 CIP symbology.

Code 39 CIP Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of the reader to decode Code 39 CIP labels.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 39 CIP = Disable
Code 39 CIP = Enable

Code 128

The following options apply to the Code 128 symbology.

Code 128 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Code 128 barcodes.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 128 = Disable
Code 128 = EnableDEFAULT

Code 128 - cont.

Expand Code 128 to Code 39

This feature enables/disables expansion of Code 128 labels to Code 39 labels.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 128 to Code 39 = Don't Expand
Code 128 to Code 39 = Expand

Code 128 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with Code 128 barcode data.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 128 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
Code 128 Check Character Transmission = Send

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Function Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of Code128 function characters 1, 2, 3, and 4.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 128 Function Character Transmission = Don't Send
Code 128 Function Character Transmission = Send

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission

Enables/disables the transmission of "Sub-Code exchange" characters (NOT transmitted by standard decoding).

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission - 3

text_image Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission - 4

text_image Code 128 Sub-Code Change Transmission = Enable

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Quiet Zones

This feature specifies the number of quiet zones for Code 128 labels. Quiet zones are blank areas at the ends of a barcode and are typically 10 times the width of the narrowest bar or space in the label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 2Code 128 Quiet Zones = No Quiet Zones
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 3Code 128 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zone on one side
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 4Code 128 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 5Code 128 Quiet Zones = AutoDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 6
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Quiet Zones - 7Code 128 Quiet Zones = Virtual Quiet Zones on two sides

Code 128 — cont.

Code 128 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 128 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 3Code 128 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 4Code 128 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 5Code 128 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Minimum Reads - 6Code 128 Minimum Reads = 4

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Decoding Level — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Decoding Level — cont. - 2Code 128 Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Decoding Level — cont. - 3Code 128 Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Decoding Level — cont. - 4Code 128 Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Decoding Level — cont. - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Decoding Level — cont. - 6Code 128 Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Decoding Level — cont. - 7Code 128 Decoding Level = 5

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Code 128 symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Length Control - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Length Control - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Length Control - 3Code 128 Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Length Control - 4Code 128 Length Control = Fixed Length

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 128 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 1 to 80 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 80). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODE 128 LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 23 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 23. Code 128 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 01 Character 07 Characters 15 Characters 80 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 128 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘8’AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 1 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 1 — cont. - 2Select Code 128 Set Length 1 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 1 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 1 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 128 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only.

The length can be set from 1 to 80 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 80 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODE 128 LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 24 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 24. Code 128 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 80 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 128 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘0’ and ‘F’ ‘5’ AND 0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 2 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 2 — cont. - 2Select Code 128 Length 2 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 2 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Set Length 2 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

80 = Length 2 is 80 Characters

Code 128 — cont.

Code 128 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Character Correlation - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Character Correlation - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Character Correlation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

Code 128 Character Correlation = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Character Correlation - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Code 128 Character Correlation = Enable

Code 128 - cont.

Code 128 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Code 128 labels. When parts of a Code 128 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Stitching - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Stitching - 2Code 128 Stitching = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Stitching - 3Code 128 Stitching = EnableDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 128 Stitching - 4

GS1-128

The following options apply to the GS1-128 symbology. (Also known as USS-128, GTIN-128, UCC-128, EAN 128.)

GS1-128 Enable

This option enables/disables the ability of the reader to translate GS1-128 labels to the GS1-128 data format. Options are:

• Transmit GS1-128 labels in Code 128 data format.
• Transmit GS1-128 labels in GS1-128 data format.
- Do not transmit GS1-128 labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Enable - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Enable - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Enable - 3

text_image GS1-128 = Transmit in Code 128 data format

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Enable - 4

text_image GS1-128 = Transmit in GS1-128 data format

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - GS1-128 Enable - 5

text_image GS1-128 = Do not transmit GS1-128 labels

Interleaved 2 of 5 (1 2 of 5)

The following options apply to the I 2 of 5 symbology.

I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read I 2 of 5 barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 3 12 of 5 = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 4 12 of 5 = Enable

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

12 of 5 Check Character Calculation

This option enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional I 2 of 5 check character. When disabled, any check character in label is treated as a data character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Check Character Calculation - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Check Character Calculation - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Check Character Calculation - 3I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Check Character Calculation - 4I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check Standard (Modulo 10)
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Check Character Calculation - 5I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check German Parcel
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Check Character Calculation - 6I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check DHL
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Check Character Calculation - 7I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check Daimler Chrysler
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Check Character Calculation - 8I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check Bosch

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation — cont. - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

12 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Check Italian Post

I 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with I 2 of 5 barcode data.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

12 of 5 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

12 of 5 Check Character Transmission = Send

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission - 4

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

12 of 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an I 2 of 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Minimum Reads - 3I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Minimum Reads - 4I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Minimum Reads - 5I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Minimum Reads - 6I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 4

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

I 2 of 5 Decoding Level

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Decoding Level - 1

This configuration item applies to Interleaved 2 of 5, Datalogic 2 of 5 and Standard 2 of 5.

NOTE

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

I 2 of 5 Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 22 of 5 Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 32 of 5 Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 42 of 5 Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 62 of 5 Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 72 of 5 Decoding Level = 5

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

I 2 of 5 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the I 2 of 5 symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Length Control - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Length Control - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Length Control - 31 2 of 5 Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Length Control - 41 2 of 5 Length Control = Fixed Length

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

12 of 5 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for 12 of 5 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's check and data characters. The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters in increments of two.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 2 to 50). The length must be an even number.
  2. Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT I 2 of 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 27 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 25.12 of 5 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 2 Characters 6 Characters14 Characters 50Characters
2Pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits02 06 14 50
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT I 2 of 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘2’ ‘0’ and ‘6’‘1’ and ‘4’‘5’ AND ‘0’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 2Select I 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

06 = Length 1 is 6 Characters

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

12 of 5 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for 12 of 5 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 2 to 50, or 0 to ignore this length). The length must be an even number.
  2. Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT I 2 of 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Set Length 2 - 1
NOTE

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 28 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 26.12 of 5 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting Ignore This Length 4 Characters 14 Characters 50 Characters
2Pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits00 04 14 50
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT I 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘4’ ‘1’ and ‘4’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

I 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 2Select 12 of 5 Length 2 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

12 of 5 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Character Correlation - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Character Correlation - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Character Correlation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

12 of 5 Character Correlation = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - of 5 Character Correlation - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

12 of 5 Character Correlation = Enable

Interleaved 2 of 5 (I 2 of 5) — cont.

I 2 of 5 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for I 2 of 5 labels. When parts of a I 2 of 5 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Stitching - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Stitching - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Stitching - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - I 2 of 5 Stitching - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

12 of 5 Stitching = Enable

Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR

The following options apply to the Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR symbology.

Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/Disable - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE DEFAULT Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR = Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR = Enable

Datalogic 2 of 5

The following options apply to the Datalogic 2 of 5 symbology.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Datalogic 2 of 5 barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE"] --> B["DEFAULT"]
    A --> C["Datalogic 2 of 5 = Enable"]
    B --> D["Barcode example"]
    C --> E["Barcode example"]
    D --> F["Datalogic 2 of 5 = Disable"]

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation

This option enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Datalogic 2 of 5 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTDatalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Disable
Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Enable

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an Datalogic 2 of 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 3I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 4I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 5I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 6I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 4

Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level - 1
NOTE

The Datalogic 2 of 5 Decoding Level feature is set using I 2 of 5 Decoding Level on page 211.

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Datalogic 2 of 5 symbology.

Variable Length - For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control - 3Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control - 4Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control = Fixed Length

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters in increments of two.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 2 to 50). The length must be an even number.
  2. Pad the result with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT I 2 of 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 27 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 27. Datalogic 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 2 Characters 6 Characters14 Characters 50Characters
2Pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits02 06 14 50
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT Datalogic 2 of 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘2’ ‘0’ and ‘6’‘1’ and ‘4’‘5’ AND ‘0’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 2Select Datalogic 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

06 = Length 1 is 6 Characters

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Datalogic 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 2 to 50, or 0 to ignore this length). The length must be an even number.
  2. Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  3. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  4. Scan the barcode: SELECT Datalogic 2 of 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  5. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 1
NOTE

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 28 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 28. Datalogic 2 of 5 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting Ignore This Length 4 Characters 14 Characters 50 Characters
2Pad with leading zeroes to yield two digits00 04 14 50
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT DATALOGIC 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING
5Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘4’ ‘1’ and ‘4’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 2Select Datalogic 2 of 5 Length 2 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio

This feature specifies the maximum ratio between intercharacter space and module for Datalogic 2 of 5.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio - 2Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio - 3Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio - 4Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio - 5Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio - 6DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio - 7Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio - 8Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 5

Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio — cont. - 1Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 6
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio — cont. - 2Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 7
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio — cont. - 3Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 8
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio — cont. - 4Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 9
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio — cont. - 5Datalogic 2 of 5 Interdigit Maximum Ratio = 10

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULT12 of 5 Character Correlation = Disable
12 of 5 Character Correlation = Enable

Datalogic 2 of 5 — cont.

Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Datalogic 2 of 5 labels. When parts of a Datalogic 2 of 5 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Datalogic 2 of 5 Stitching = Enable

Codabar

The following options apply to the Codabar symbology.

Codabar Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Codabar barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Enable/Disable - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Enable/Disable - 3Codabar = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Enable/Disable - 4Codabar = Enable

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Check Character Calculation

Enable this option to enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Codabar check character. When disabled, any check character in the label is treated as a data character

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Check Character Calculation - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Check Character Calculation - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Check Character Calculation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small white dot in the center

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Check Character Calculation - 4

text_image Codabar Check Character Calculation = Enable AIM standard check char.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Check Character Calculation - 5

text_image Codabar Check Character Calculation = Enable Modulo 10 check char.

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Check Character Transmission

Enable this option to transmit the check character along with Codabar barcode data.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Check Character Transmission - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Check Character Transmission - 2Codabar Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Check Character Transmission - 3Codabar Check Character Transmission = SendDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Check Character Transmission - 4

Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission

Enable this option to enable/disable transmission of Codabar start and stop characters.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission - 3Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission = Don't Transmit
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission - 4Codabar Start/Stop Character Transmission = Transmit

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Start/Stop Character Set

This option specifies the format of transmitted Codabar start/stop characters.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 2Codabar Check Character Set = ABCD/TN*E
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 3Codabar Check Character Set = ABCD/ABCD
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 4Codabar Check Character Set = abcd/tn*e
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 5Codabar Check Character Set = abcd/abcdDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Start/Stop Character Set - 6

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Start/Stop Character Match

When enabled, this option requires that start and stop characters match.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCodabar Start/Stop Character Match = Don't Require Match
Codabar Start/Stop Character Match = Require Match

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Quiet Zones

This feature specifies the number of quiet zones for Codabar labels. Quiet zones are blank areas at the ends of a barcode and are typically 10 times the width of the narrowest bar or space in the label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 2Codabar Quiet Zones = Quiet Zone on one side
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 3Codabar Quiet Zones = Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 4Codabar Quiet Zones = AutoDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 6Codabar Quiet Zones = Virtual Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Quiet Zones - 7Codabar Quiet Zones = Small Quiet Zones on two sides

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Codabar label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 3Codabar Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 4Codabar Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 5Codabar Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Minimum Reads - 6Codabar Minimum Reads = 4

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Decoding Level — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Decoding Level — cont. - 2Codabar Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Decoding Level — cont. - 3Codabar Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Decoding Level — cont. - 4Codabar Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Decoding Level — cont. - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Decoding Level — cont. - 6Codabar Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Decoding Level — cont. - 7Codabar Decoding Level = 5

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Codabar symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Length Control - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Length Control - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Length Control - 3Codabar Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Length Control - 4Codabar Length Control = Fixed Length

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Codabar Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's start, stop, check and data characters.

The length must include at least one data character.

The length can be set from 3 to 50 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 3 to 50). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODABAR LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 29 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 29. Codabar Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (and pad with leading zeroes)03 Characters 09Characters 15 Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODABAR LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘3’ ‘0’ and ‘9’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 1 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 1 — cont. - 2Select Codabar Length 1 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 1 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 1 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

03 = Length 1 is 3 Characters

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Codabar Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. The length includes the barcode's start, stop, check and data characters. The length must include at least one data character.

The length can be set from 3 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 3 to 50 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODABAR LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 30 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 30. Codabar Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (and pad with leading zeroes)00 Ignore This Length07 Characters 15Characters 50 CharactersCharacters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 39 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 2 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 2 — cont. - 2Select CodabarLength 2 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 2 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Set Length 2 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Interdigit Ratio

This feature specifies the ratio between an intercharacter space and module for Codabar labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 2Codabar Interdigit Ratio = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 3Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 4Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 5Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 6DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 7Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio - 8Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 5

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Interdigit Ratio — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 2Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 6
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 3Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 7
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 4Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 8
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 5Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 9
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 6Codabar Interdigit Ratio = 10

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Character Correlation - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Character Correlation - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Character Correlation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

Codabar Character Correlation = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Character Correlation - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

Codabar Character Correlation = Enable

Codabar — cont.

Codabar Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Codabar labels. When parts of a Codabar barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Stitching - 1
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Stitching - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Stitching - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom left.

Codabar Stitching = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codabar Stitching - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central vertical bar

Codabar Stitching = Enable

ABC Codabar

The following options apply to the ABC Codabar symbology.

ABC Codabar Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode ABC Codabar labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Enable/Disable - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE"] --> B["DEFAULT"]
    B --> C["ABC Codabar = Enable"]
    C --> D["ABC Codabar = Disable"]

ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode

Specifies the concatenation mode between Static and Dynamic.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTABC Codabar Concatenation Mode = Static
ABC Codabar Concatenation Mode = Dynamic

ABC Codabar — cont.

ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout

Specifies the timeout in 10-millisecond ticks used by the ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Mode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 2 ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 50 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 3 ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 100 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 4DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 5 ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 200 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 6 ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 500 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 7 ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 750 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 8 ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 1 Second

ABC Codabar — cont.

ABC Codabar Force Concatenation

Forces labels starting or ending with D to be concatenated.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Force Concatenation - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Force Concatenation - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Force Concatenation - 3

text_image ABC Codabar Force Concatenation = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ABC Codabar Force Concatenation - 4

text_image ABC Codabar Force Concatenation = Enable

Code 11

The following options apply to the Code 11 symbology.

Code 11 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Code 11 barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Enable/Disable - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Enable/Disable - 3Code 11 = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Enable/Disable - 4Code 11 = Enable

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Check Character Calculation

This option enables/disables calculation and verification of optional Code 11 check character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 2Code 11 Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 3Code 11 Check Character Calculation = Check C
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 4Code 11 Check Character Calculation = Check K
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 5Code 11 Check Character Calculation = Check C and KDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Check Character Calculation - 6

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Check Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of an optional Code 11 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 11 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
Code 11 Check Character Transmission = SendDEFAULT

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 93 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 3Code 11 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 4Code 11 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 5Code 11 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Minimum Reads - 6Code 11 Minimum Reads = 4

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Code 11 symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Length Control - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Length Control - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Length Control - 3Code 11 Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Length Control - 4Code 11 Length Control = Fixed Length

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 11 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check and data characters. The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 2 to 50). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODE 11 LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 31 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 31. Code 11 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (pad with leading zeroes)02 Characters 07Characters 15 Characters50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 11 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘2’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 1 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 1 — cont. - 2Select Code 11 Set Length 1 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 1 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 1 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

04 = Length 1 is 4 Characters

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 11 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 2 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 2 to 50 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODE 11 LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 32 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 32. Code 11 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (pad with leading zeroes)00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 11 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘0’ and ‘F’ ‘3’ AND 2’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 2 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 2 — cont. - 2Select Code 11 Length 2 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 2 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Set Length 2 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Interdigit Ratio

This feature specifies the ratio between an intercharacter space and module for Code 11 labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 2Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 3Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 4Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 5Code11 Interdigit Ratio = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 6DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 7Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio - 8Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 5

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Interdigit Ratio — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 2Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 6
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 3Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 7
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 4Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 8
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 5Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 9
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Interdigit Ratio — cont. - 6Code 11 Interdigit Ratio = 10

Code 11 Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Decoding Level — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Decoding Level — cont. - 2Codabar Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Decoding Level — cont. - 3Codabar Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Decoding Level — cont. - 4Codabar Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Decoding Level — cont. - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Decoding Level — cont. - 6Codabar Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Decoding Level — cont. - 7Codabar Decoding Level = 5

Code 11 - cont.

Code 11 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 11 Character Correlation = Disable
Code 11 Character Correlation = Enable

Code 11 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Code 11 labels. When parts of a Code 11 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Stitching - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Stitching - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Stitching - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 11 Stitching - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Code 11 Stitching = Enable

Standard 2 of 5

The following options apply to the Standard 2 of 5 symbology.

Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

When disabled, the reader will not read Standard 2 of 5 barcodes.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 3Standard 2 of 5 = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Enable/Disable - 4Standard 2 of 5 = Enable

Standard 2 of 5 — cont.

Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation

This option enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Standard 2 of 5 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTStandard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Disable
Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Enable

Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of an optional Standard 2 of 5 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
Standard 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission = SendDEFAULT

Standard 2 of 5 — cont.

Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Standard 2 of 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 3 Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 4 Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 5 Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 6 Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 4

Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level - 1
NOTE

The Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level feature is set using I 2 of 5 Decoding Level on page 211.

Standard 2 of 5 — cont.

Standard 2 of 5 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Standard 2 of 5 symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Length Control - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Length Control - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Length Control - 3Standard 2 of 5 Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Length Control - 4Standard 2 of 5 Length Control = Fixed Length

Standard 2 of 5 — cont.

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Standard 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 50). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT STANDARD 2 OF 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 33 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 33. Standard 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 01 Character 07 Characters 15 Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT STANDARD 2 OF 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘1’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Standard 2 of 5 — cont.

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 2Select Standard 2 of 5 Length 1 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

08 = Length 1 is 8 Characters

Standard 2 of 5 — cont.

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Standard 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check and data characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 50 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT STANDARD 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 34 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 34. Standard 2 of 5 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1Desired Setting (pad with leading zeroes)00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 CharactersCharacters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT STANDARD 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Standard 2 of 5 — cont.

Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 2Select Standard 2 of 5 Length 2 Setting
Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 3CANCEL

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 4

text_image DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

Standard 2 of 5 — cont.

Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation

When correlation is enabled, the barcode reader will combine label data from multiple scans when decoding. Enabling correlation will help the scanner read labels that have some spots and/or voids. It may also help read labels that have damaged areas. Enabling correlation will also increase the chances that a label will be read incorrectly.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 2

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Standard 2 of 5 Character Correlation = Enable

Standard 2 of 5 — cont.

Standard 2 of 5 Stitching

This option enables/disables stitching for Standard 2 of 5 labels. When parts of a Standard 2 of 5 barcode are presented to the reader with this feature enabled, the barcode parts will be assembled by the reader's software, and the data will be decoded if all barcode proofing requirements are met.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Stitching - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Stitching - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Stitching - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Standard 2 of 5 Stitching = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard 2 of 5 Stitching - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

Standard 2 of 5 Stitching = Enable

Industrial 2 of 5

The following options apply to the Industrial 2 of 5 symbology.

Industrial 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode Industrial 2 of 5 labels.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTIndustrial 2 of 5 = Disable
Industrial 2 of 5 = Enable

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation

Enables/Disables calculation and verification of an optional Industrial 2 of 5 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTIndustrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Disable
Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Calculation = Enable

Industrial 2 of 5 — cont.

Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of an Industrial 2 of 5 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission = Disable
Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character Transmission = EnableDEFAULT

Industrial 2 of 5 — cont.

Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Industrial 2 of 5 symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTIndustrial 2 of 5 Length Control = Variable Length
Industrial 2 of 5 = Fixed Length

Industrial 2 of 5 — cont.

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 50). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 1 = 01 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT INDUSTRIAL 2 of 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 35. Code 39 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 01 Characters 07 Characters 15 Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT INDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’ and ‘1’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Industrial 2 of 5 — cont.

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 2

text_image Select Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 Se

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 1 — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

Industrial 2 of 5 — cont.

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Industrial 2 of 5 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 50 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT INDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake, before the last character scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 36. Code 39 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT INDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Industrial 2 of 5 — cont.

Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots, no readable text or symbols

Select Industrial 2 of5 Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 2 — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

Industrial 2 of 5 — cont.

Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an Industrial 2 of 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read..

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 3Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 4Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 5Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads - 6Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads = 4

Industrial 2 of 5 — cont.

Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching

Enables/disables fixed length stitching for Industrial 2 of 5.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE DEFAULT Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching = Enable Industrial 2 of 5 Stitching = Disable

Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation

Enable/disables character correlation for Industrial 2 of 5.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE DEFAULT Industrial 2 of 5 Character Correlation = Disable

IATA

The following options apply to the IATA symbology.

IATA Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables the ability of the reader to decode IATA labels.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTIATA = Disable
IATA = Enable

IATA Check Character Transmission

Enables/Disables calculation and verification of an optional Industrial 2 of 5 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
IATA Check Character Transmission = Disable
IATA Check Character Transmission = EnableDEFAULT

ISBT 128

The following options apply to the ISBT 128 symbology.

ISBT 128 Concatenation

Use this option to enable/disable ISBT128 concatenation of 2 labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Concatenation - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Concatenation - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Concatenation - 3ISBN 128 Concatenation = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Concatenation - 4ISBN 128 Concatenation = Enable

ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode

Specifies the concatenation mode between Static and Dynamic.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode - 1
NOTE

This option is only valid when ISBT 128 Concatenation is enabled (see page 288).

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode - 2
ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode - 3

text_image DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode = Static

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and dots

ISBT 128 Concatenation Mode = Dynamic

ISBT 128 — cont.

ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout

Specifies the timeout used by the ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Mode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 2 ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 50 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 3 ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 100 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 4DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 5 ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 200 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 6 ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 500 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 7 ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 750 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout - 8 ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Timeout = 1 second

ISBT 128 - cont.

ISBT 128 Force Concatenation

When enabled, this feature forces concatenation for ISBT.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 1
NOTE

This option is only valid when ISBT 128 Concatenation is enabled. (see page 288).

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ISBT 128 Force Concatenation = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Force Concatenation - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

ISBT 128 Force Concatenation = Enable

ISBT 128 Advanced Concatenation Options

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - ISBT 128 Advanced Concatenation Options - 1

Use the Datalogic Aladdin Configuration Application or contact Customer Support to set up pairs of label types for concatenation.

NOTE

MSI

The following options apply to the MSI symbology.

MSI Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode MSI labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Enable/Disable - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Enable/Disable - 3MSI = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Enable/Disable - 4MSI = Enable

MSI - cont.

MSI Check Character Calculation

Enables/Disables calculation and verification of an optional MSI check character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 2MSI Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 3MSI Check Character Calculation = Enable Mod10DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 5MSI Check Character Calculation = Enable Mod11/10
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Check Character Calculation - 6MSI Check Character Calculation = Enable Mod10/10

MSI - cont.

MSI Check Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of an MSI check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
MSI Check Character Transmission = Disable
MSI Check Character Transmission = EnableDEFAULT

MSI Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the MSI symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTMSI Length Control = Variable Length
MSI = Fixed Length

MSI - cont.

MSI Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for MSI Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only.

The length can be set from 01 to 50 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 0 to 50). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 1 = 01 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT MSI LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 37. MSI Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 01 Characters 07 Characters 15 Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT MSI LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’ and ‘1’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

MSI - cont.

MSI Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI - cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI - cont. - 2

text_image Select MSI Set Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI - cont. - 3

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

MSI - cont.

MSI Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for MSI Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 50 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT MSI LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake, before the last character scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 38. MSI Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT MSI LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

MSI - cont.

MSI Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI - cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI - cont. - 2

text_image Select MSI Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI - cont. - 3

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

MSI - cont.

MSI Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times an MSI label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Minimum Reads - 2MSI Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Minimum Reads - 3MSI Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Minimum Reads - 4MSI Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Minimum Reads - 5MSI Minimum Reads = 4DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Minimum Reads - 6

MSI - cont.

MSI Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Decoding Level - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Decoding Level - 2MSI Decoding Level = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Decoding Level - 3MSI Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Decoding Level - 4MSI Decoding Level = 2

MSI - cont.

MSI Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Decoding Level — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom

MSI Decoding Level = 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Decoding Level — cont. - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Decoding Level — cont. - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

MSI Decoding Level = 4

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - MSI Decoding Level — cont. - 4

text_image Barcode image containing encoded digital information

MSI Decoding Level = 5

Plessey

The following options apply to the Plessey symbology.

Plessey Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode Plessey labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Enable/Disable - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Enable/Disable - 3Plessey = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Enable/Disable - 4Plessey = Enable

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Check Character Calculation

Enables/Disables calculation and verification of an optional Plessey check character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 2Plessey Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 3Plessey Check Character Calculation = Enable Plessey std. check char. verificationDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 5Plessey Check Character Calculation = Enable Anker check char. verification
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Check Character Calculation - 6Plessey Check Character Calculation = Enable Plessey std. and Anker check char verification

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Check Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of an MSI check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Plessey Check Character Transmission = Disable
Plessey Check Character Transmission = EnableDEFAULT

PLessey Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Plessey symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTPlessey Length Control = Variable Length
Plessey = Fixed Length

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for PLessey Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 01 to 50 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 0 to 50). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 1 = 01 , 5 = 05 , 20 = 20 , etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT PLESSEY LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 39. Plessey Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 01 Characters 07 Characters 15 Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT Plessey LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’ and ‘1’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey — cont. - 2

text_image Select Plessey Set Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for PLessey Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 50 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT PLESSEY LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake, before the last character scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 40. Plessey Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT PLESSEY LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey — cont. - 2

text_image Select Plessey Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Plessey label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 2Plessey Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 3Plessey Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 4Plessey Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 5Plessey Minimum Reads = 4DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Minimum Reads - 6

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Decoding Level - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Decoding Level - 2Plessey Decoding Level = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Decoding Level - 3Plessey Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Decoding Level - 4Plessey Decoding Level = 2

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Decoding Level — cont. - 1Plessey Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Decoding Level — cont. - 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Decoding Level — cont. - 3Plessey Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Decoding Level — cont. - 4Plessey Decoding Level = 5

Plessey Stitching

Enables/disables fixed length stitching for Plessey.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Stitching - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Stitching - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Stitching - 3Plessey Stitching = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Stitching - 4Plessey Stitching = Enable

Plessey — cont.

Plessey Character Correlation

Enables/disables Character Correlation for Plessey.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Plessey Character Correlation - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE DEFAULT Plessey Character Correlation = Disable Plessey Character Correlation = Enable

Code 93

The following options apply to the Code 93 symbology.

Enables/Disables ability of reader to decode Code 93 labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE"] --> B["DEFAULT"]
    A --> C["Code 93 = Disable"]
    B --> D
    C --> E

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Check Character Calculation

Enables/disables calculation and verification of an optional Code 93 check character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 2Code 93 Check Character Calculation = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 3Code 93 Check Character Calculation = Enable Check C
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 4Code 93 Check Character Calculation = Enable Check K
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 5Code 93 Check Character Calculation = Enable Check C and KDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Check Character Calculation - 6

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Check Character Transmission

Enables/disables transmission of an optional Code 93 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 93 Check Character Transmission = Disable
Code 93 Check Character Transmission = EnableDEFAULT

Code 93 Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Code 93 symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 93 Length Control = Variable Length
Code 93 = Fixed Length

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 93 Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 01 to 50 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 0 to 50). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 1 = 01, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODE 93 LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 41. Code 93 Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 01 Characters 07 Characters 15 Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 93 LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’ and ‘1’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 — cont. - 2

text_image Select Code 93 Set Length 1 Settin

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

01 = Length 1 is 1 Character

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Code 93 Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

The length can be set from 1 to 50 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 1 to 50 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield two digits. For example: 0 = 00, 5 = 05, 20 = 20, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODE 93 LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake, before the last character scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 42. CODE 93 Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting00 (Ignore This Length)07 Characters 15Characters 50 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODE 93 LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan Two Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Set Length 2 — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Set Length 2 — cont. - 2

text_image Select Code 93 Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Set Length 2 — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

50 = Length 2 is 50 Characters

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 93 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 3Code 93 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 4Code 93 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 5Code 93 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Minimum Reads - 6Code 93 Minimum Reads = 4

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

- Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.

- Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.

- Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 2Code 93 Decoding Level = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 3Code 93 Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Decoding Level - 4Code 93 Decoding Level = 2

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Decoding Level — cont. - 1Code 93 Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Decoding Level — cont. - 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Decoding Level — cont. - 3Code 93 Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Decoding Level — cont. - 4Code 93 Decoding Level = 5

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Quiet Zones

Enables/disables fixed length stitching for Code 93.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Quiet Zones - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Quiet Zones - 2Code 93 Quiet Zones = No Quiet Zones
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Quiet Zones - 3Code 93 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zone on one side
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Quiet Zones - 4Code 93 Quiet Zones = Quiet Zones on two sides
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Quiet Zones - 5Code 93 Quiet Zones = AutoDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Quiet Zones - 6
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Quiet Zones - 7Code 93 Quiet Zones = Virtual Quiet Zones on two sides

Code 93 — cont.

Code 93 Stitching

Disable/enable fixed or variable length stitching for Code 93.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Stitching - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Stitching - 2Code 93 Stitching = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Stitching - 3Code 93 Stitching = EnableDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Stitching - 4

Code 93 Character Correlation

Enables/disables Character Correlation for Code 93.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Character Correlation - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Character Correlation - 2Code 93 Character Correlation = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Character Correlation - 3Code 93 Character Correlation = EnableDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 93 Character Correlation - 4

Codablock F

The following options apply to the Codablock F symbology.

Codablock F Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables the ability of the imager to decode Codablock F labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Enable/Disable - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Enable/Disable - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Enable/Disable - 3Codablock F = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Enable/Disable - 4Codablock F = Enable

Codablock F — cont.

Codablock F EAN Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables the Codablock F EAN subtype (code with FNC1 in the first position).

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCodablock F EAN = Disable
Codablock F EAN = Enable

Codablock F AIM Check

Specifies if Check Digit calculation algorithm is AIM compliant or not.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Codablock F AIM Check = Disable
Codablock F AIM Check = Enable Check CDEFAULT

Codablock F — cont.

Codablock F Length Control

This feature specifies either variable length decoding or fixed length decoding for the Codablock F symbology.

Variable Length — For variable length decoding, a minimum and maximum length may be set.

Fixed Length — For fixed length decoding, two different lengths may be set.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Length Control - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Length Control - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Length Control - 3Codablock F Length Control = Variable Length
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Length Control - 4Codablock F = Fixed Length

Codablock F — cont.

Codablock F Set Length 1

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Codablock F Length Control. Length 1 is the minimum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the first fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's data characters only. The length can be set from 003 to 255 characters.

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 3 to 255). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 3 = 003, 5 = 005, 20 = 020, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODABLOCK F LENGTH 1 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate three digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix, that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Set Length 1 - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 43. CODABLOC K F Length 1 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 003 Characters 007 Characters 015 Characters 050 Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODABLOCK F LENGTH 1 SETTING
4Scan three Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘3’ ‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘0’,‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘0’,‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Codablock F — cont.

Codablock F Set Length 1 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F — cont. - 2

text_image elect Codablock F Length 1 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

003 = Length 1 is 3 Characters

Codablock F — cont.

Codablock F Set Length 2

This feature specifies one of the barcode lengths for Codablock F Length Control. Length 2 is the maximum label length if in Variable Length Mode, or the second fixed length if in Fixed Length Mode. Length includes the barcode's check, data, and full-ASCII shift characters. The length does not include start/stop characters.

The length can be set from 3 to 255 characters. A setting of 0 specifies to ignore this length (only one fixed length).

Follow these instructions to set this feature:

  1. Determine the desired character length (from 3 to 255 — or 0 to ignore this length). Pad the number with leading zeroes to yield three digits. For example: 0 = 000, 5 = 005, 20 = 020, etc.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SELECT CODABLOCK F LENGTH 2 SETTING.
  4. Scan the appropriate three digits from the keypad in the Keypad Appendix that represent the length setting which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F Set Length 2 - 1

If you make a mistake, before the last character scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See the table below for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 44. CODABLOCK Length 2 Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting000 (Ignore This Length)007 Characters 015 Characters 050Characters
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SELECT CODABLOCK F LENGTH 2 SETTING
4Scan three Characters From the Keypad Appendix‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘0’, ‘0’ and ‘7’ ‘0’, ‘1’ and ‘5’ ‘0’, ‘5’ AND ‘0’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Codablock F — cont.

Codablock F Set Length 2 — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F — cont. - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F — cont. - 2

text_image Select Codablock F Length 2 Setting

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Codablock F — cont. - 3

DEFAULT

100 = Length 2 is 100 Characters

Code 4

The following options apply to the Code 4 symbology.

Enables/Disables ability of imager to decode Code 4 labels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 - 3Code 4 = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 - 4Code 4 = Enable

Code 4 — cont.

Code 4 Check Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of an optional Code 4 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 4 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
Code 4 Check Character Transmission = SendDEFAULT

Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion

This feature enables/disables the conversion of hexadecimal label data to decimal label data.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion = Disable
Code 4 Hex to Decimal Conversion = EnableDEFAULT

Code 5

The following options apply to the Code 5 symbology.

Enables/Disables ability of imager to decode Code 5 labels.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTCode 5 = Disable
Code 5 = Enable

Code 5 — cont.

Code 5 Check Character Transmission

This feature enables/disables transmission of an optional Code 5 check character.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 5 Check Character Transmission = Don't Send
Code 5 Check Character Transmission = SendDEFAULT

Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion

This feature enables/disables the conversion of hexadecimal label data to decimal label data.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion = Disable
Code 5 Hex to Decimal Conversion = EnableDEFAULT

Code 4 and Code 5 Common Configuration Items

The following options apply to both Code 4 and Code 5 symbologies.

Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level

Decoding Levels are used to configure a barcode symbology decoder to be very aggressive to very conservative depending on a particular customer's needs.

  • Choosing Level 1 results in a very conservative decoder at the expense of not being able to read poorly printed or damaged labels.
  • Choosing Level 5 results in a very aggressive decoder. This aggressive behavior allows decoding of poorly printed and damaged labels at the expense of increasing the likelihood of decoding errors.
  • Choosing Level 3, which is the default setting, allows the majority of product labels to be decoded.

There are many factors that determine when to change the decoding level for a particular symbology. These factors include spots, voids, non-uniform bar/space widths, damaged labels, etc. that may be experienced in some barcode labels. If there are many hard to read or damaged labels that cannot be decoded using a conservative setting, increase the decoding level to be more aggressive. If the majority of labels are very good quality labels, or there is a need to decrease the possibility of a decoder error, lower the decoding level to a more conservative level.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level - 1

NOTE

This configuration item applies to Code 4 and Code 5.

Code 4 and Code 5 Common Configuration Items — cont.

Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 2Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 3Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 4Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 3DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 6Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level — cont. - 7Code 4 and Code 5 Decoding Level = 5

Code 4 and Code 5 Common Configuration Items — cont.

Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads

This feature specifies the minimum number of consecutive times a Code 4 or Code 5 label must be decoded before it is accepted as good read.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 3Code 4 or Code 5 Minimum Reads = 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 4Code 4 or Code 5 Minimum Reads = 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 5Code 4 or Code 5 Minimum Reads = 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads - 6Code 4 or Code 5 Minimum Reads = 4

Follett 2 of 5

The following options apply to the Follett 2 of 5 symbology.

Follett 2 of 5 Enable/Disable

Enables/Disables ability of imager to decode Follett 2 of 5 labels.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTFollett 2 of 5 = Disable
Follett 2 of 5 = Enable

Chapter 13

BT Features

Introduction

This section provides options and programming related to the reader's radio communication features.

Standard Factory Settings

Reference Appendix B, Standard Defaults for a listing of standard factory settings.

BT Beeper Features

Several options are available to configure beeper behavior for BT operation.

ACK Beep

Enables/disables the ACK beep indication. The ACK beep occurs in response to the label acknowledgement (HACK) from the Base Station. The HACK signal is sent according to the settings made for BT Address Stamping on page 364.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
ACK Beep = Disable
DEFAULT

Beep Frequency

Adjusts radio-specific beep indications to sound at a low, medium or high frequency, selectable from the list below. (Controls the beeper's pitch/tone.)

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Frequency - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Frequency - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Frequency - 3 Beep Frequency = Low
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Frequency - 4 Beep Frequency = Medium
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Frequency - 5 Beep Frequency = High

Beep Duration

This feature controls the duration of radio-specific beep indications.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration - 2 Beep Duration = 60 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration - 3 Beep Duration = 80 msecDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration - 5 Beep Duration = 100 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration - 6 Beep Duration = 120 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration - 7 Beep Duration = 140 msec

Beep Duration — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration — cont. - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration — cont. - 2 Beep Duration = 160 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration — cont. - 3 Beep Duration = 180 msec
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Duration — cont. - 4 Beep Duration = 200 msec

Beep Volume

Selects the beeper volume (loudness) of radio-specific beep indications. There are three selectable volume levels.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Volume - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Volume - 2 Beep Volume = Low
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Volume - 3 Beep Volume = Medium
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Volume - 4 Beep Volume = HighDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Beep Volume - 5

BT Base Station Beep

Enables/disables a beep indication when the handheld is placed in the Base Station.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
BT Base Station Beep = Disable
BT Base Station Beep = EnableDEFAULT

Disconnect Beep

Enables/disables the beep indication that a handheld has become disconnected from a Base Station.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
Disconnect Beep = Disable
Disconnect Beep = EnableDEFAULT

BT Leash Alarm

This setting specifies the number of seconds to sound the Leash Mode beeps (three per second) when the handheld goes out of range. This is especially useful in instances where the reader might inadvertently have been placed in a bag or cart.

For this mode to be effective, the feature Sleep Mode Timeout on page 23, must be disabled. If the reader is asleep, there is no way for it to know where it is relative to the Base Station because communication is not active between the devices.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

BT Leash Alarm = Disabled

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

BT Leash Alarm = 1 Second

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

BT Leash Alarm = 2 Seconds

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

BT Leash Alarm = 3 Seconds

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm - 7

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central bar

BT Leash Alarm = 4 Seconds

BT Leash Alarm — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm — cont. - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm — cont. - 2BT Leash Alarm = 5 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm — cont. - 3BT Leash Alarm = 10 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm — cont. - 4BT Leash Alarm = 25 Seconds
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Leash Alarm — cont. - 5BT Leash Alarm = 30 Seconds

Flash Update

BT Automatic Flash Update

This feature enables/disables the automatic flash update of a reader.

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DEFAULTBT Automatic Flash Update = Disable
BT Automatic Flash Update = Enable

Request Flash Update

Scan this barcode to request a flash update from a Base Station

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Request Flash Update - 1
NOTE

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label in conjunction with this barcode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Request Flash Update - 2

text_image Request Flash Update

Configuration Update

Automatic Configuration Update

When this feature is enabled, a reader and its linked Base Station can automatically ensure they stay in sync with regard to application hardware and/or configuration. This is accomplished by the linked reader and Base Station comparing application version number and configuration file check sum. If either is different, the Base Station will automatically update the reader with its application/configuration.

If the units are linked, any changes made to the Base Station configuration through the Aladdin ^TM software will automatically be sent to the reader at the completion of the programming session.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Automatic Configuration Update - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Automatic Configuration Update - 2

text_image Automatic Configuration Update = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Automatic Configuration Update - 3

text_image Automatic Configuration Update = Enable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Automatic Configuration Update - 4

Configuration Update From Base Station to Handheld

Scan this barcode to manually request a one-time configuration update from the Base Station to the handheld.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuration Update From Base Station to Handheld - 1
NOTE

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label in conjunction with this barcode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Configuration Update From Base Station to Handheld - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Configuration Update From Base Station to Handheld

Configuration Update — cont.

Copy Configuration From Handheld to Base Station

Use this barcode to manually copy the handheld configuration to the Base Station.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Copy Configuration From Handheld to Base Station - 1
NOTE

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label in conjunction with this barcode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Copy Configuration From Handheld to Base Station - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Copy Configuration From Handheld to Base Station

Battery Charge Mode

This feature specifies the battery charge mode for the Base Station.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Battery Charge Mode - 1ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Battery Charge Mode - 2Battery Charge Mode = Charger Disabled
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Battery Charge Mode - 3Battery Charge Mode = Charger EnabledDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Battery Charge Mode - 4

Powerdown Timeout

The Powerdown Timeout feature sets the time for automatically switching the unit off when the imager has been idle.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout - 2 Powerdown Timeout = Disable
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout - 3 Powerdown Timeout = 10 minutes
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout - 4 Powerdown Timeout = 20 minutes
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout - 5 Powerdown Timeout = 30 minutes
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout - 6 Powerdown Timeout = 40 minutes

Powerdown Timeout — continued

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout — continued - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout — continued - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout — continued - 3 Powerdown Timeout = 60 Minutes
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout — continued - 4 Powerdown Timeout = 90 Minutes
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Powerdown Timeout — continued - 5 Powerdown Timeout = 120 Minutes

BT Poll Rate

This feature Specifies the time between BT polls.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate - 2 BT Poll Rate = Maximum BT Poll Rate
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate - 3 BT Poll Rate = 10 ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate - 4 BT Poll Rate = 20 msDATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate - 6 BT Poll Rate = 30 ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate - 7 BT Poll Rate = 50 ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate - 8 BT Poll Rate = 100 ms

BT Poll Rate — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate — cont. - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate — cont. - 2 BT Poll Rate = 150 ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate — cont. - 3 BT Poll Rate = 200 ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate — cont. - 4 BT Poll Rate = 500 ms
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Poll Rate — cont. - 5 BT Poll Rate = 990 ms

Batch Features

Batch Mode

This option specifies which mode to use to store labels in the handheld while disconnected from the base. Options are as follows:

  • Disabled — The handheld will not store/batch labels.
  • Automatic — The handheld will store labels to RAM when the handheld goes out of range and is disconnected from the remote device.
  • Manual — The handheld will always store labels to Flash memory. The user must manually send the stored labels to the remote device using a special "batch send" label.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Batch Mode - 1

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Batch Mode - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Batch Mode - 3

text_image Batch Mode = Disabled

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Batch Mode - 4

text_image Batch Mode = Automatic

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Batch Mode - 5

text_image Batch Mode = Manual

Batch Features — cont.

Send Batch

Use this barcode to initiate sending of labels stored in batch memory.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Send Batch - 1
NOTE

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label in conjunction with this barcode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Send Batch - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Send Batch

Erase Batch Memory

Use this barcode to erase any labels stored in batch memory.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Erase Batch Memory - 1
NOTE

Do not scan an ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE label in conjunction with this barcode.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Erase Batch Memory - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number 'n' in the bottom right corner.

Erase Batch Memory

Batch Features — cont.

BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay

Enables/disables the ability of the Base Station to emulate a PowerScan 7000 model Base Station. When enabled, the Base Station can link with a PowerScan 7000BT handheld.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 1 ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 2DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 3 BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay = No Delay
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 5 BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay = 1 Second
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Batch Mode Transmit Delay - 6

BT Security Features

These features enable/disable the BT system to require a configurable pin code to authenticate/connect the BT devices, and encrypt the data.

BT Pin Code

This option specifies the 4-character pin code to be used for authentication of the BT link. BT Security Mode on page 362 must be enabled in order to require the pin code.

To set the pin code:

  1. Determine the desired characters. For example, D254.
  2. Convert the characters to hexadecimal using the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover of this manual. In the case of the example, the hexadecimal equivalents would be:

$$ \mathrm{D} = 0 \mathrm{x} 4 4, 2 = 0 \mathrm{x} 3 2, 5 = 0 \mathrm{x} 3 5, \text { and } 4 = 0 \mathrm{x} 3 4 $$

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.

  2. Scan the barcode: SELECT BT PIN CODE.

  3. Scan the appropriate alpha-numeric characters from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad representing the hexadecimal entries which was determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Pin Code - 1
NOTE

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 45 for some examples of how to set this feature.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Pin Code - 2
NOTE

Changing the pin code setting will unlink the devices. If the Automatic Configuration Update is set to the default enabled setting, the devices must only be relinked. If the Automatic Configuration Update is set to the disabled setting, the Pin Code setting must also be updated in the Base Station using Aladdin. After the Base Station has been updated the devices must be relinked.

This completes the procedure. See Table 45 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 45. BT Pin Code Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired Setting 1234 D254 1359 STOR
2 Convert the characters to hexadecimal31 32 33 34 4432 35 34 31 3335 39 53 54 4F 52
3 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
4 Scan SELECT LABEL GONE TIMEOUT SETTING
5 Scan the Eight Alpha-Numeric Characters From Appendix E, Keypad31323334 44323534 31333539 53544F52
6 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

BT Pin Code — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Pin Code — cont. - 1

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Pin Code — cont. - 2
Select BT Pin Code

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Pin Code — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

31323334 = Default Pin Code is 1234

BT Security Mode

This feature enables/disables authentication and encryption of the BT link. Use the feature, BT Pin Code on page 359, to specify the pin code used to authenticate the BT Link.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Security Mode - 1
NOTE
Changing the security mode setting will unlink the devices. If the Automatic Configuration Update is set to the default enabled setting, the devices must only be relinked. If the Automatic Configuration Update is set to the disabled setting, the Security Mode setting must also be updated in the Base Station using Aladdin. After the Base Station has been updated the devices must be relinked.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Security Mode - 2

text_image ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Security Mode - 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Security Mode - 4

text_image BT Security Mode = Disable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - BT Security Mode - 5

text_image BT Security Mode = Enable

Linking the Reader

The PBT7100 reader can link to a PBT7100 Base Station or to a PC. See the Getting Started section in the front of this manual for information. See the following section for information on linking a PowerScan 7000 reader to a PBT7100 Base Station.

Optional: Linking a PowerScan 7000 Reader to a PBT7100 Base Station

A PowerScan 7000 reader can optionally be linked in Serial Port Profile mode to a PBT7100 Base Station. In this configuration, the paging feature and host commands are not supported.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional: Linking a PowerScan 7000 Reader to a PBT7100 Base Station - 1
NOTE

To use this feature, BT Security Mode on page 362 must be disabled.

To do this, follow these steps:

  1. Enable the SPP Mode in the Base Station by scanning the “BT SPP Mode = Enable” label with a PBT7100 reader that is linked to the PBT7100 Base Station. Optionally, Aladdin may be used to enable SPP Mode in the Base Station.
  2. Create a Code 128 link barcode with the following format: LnkB<12 character Base Station bluetooth address>. The bluetooth address of the Base Station can be found printed below the barcode on the top of the PowerScan 7100 Base Station.
  3. Put the PowerScan 7100 Base Station in link mode by pressing the button for 2 seconds and then scan the link label created in step 2 with the PowerScan 7000 reader.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional: Linking a PowerScan 7000 Reader to a PBT7100 Base Station - 2
NOTE

A PBT7100 reader can link in SPP mode to a PBT7100 Base Station using the label created in step 2.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional: Linking a PowerScan 7000 Reader to a PBT7100 Base Station - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional: Linking a PowerScan 7000 Reader to a PBT7100 Base Station - 4

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional: Linking a PowerScan 7000 Reader to a PBT7100 Base Station - 5

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

BT SPP Mode = Enable

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Optional: Linking a PowerScan 7000 Reader to a PBT7100 Base Station - 6

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

BT SPP Mode = Disable

BT Address Stamping

These features allow configuration of source radio data inclusion.

Source Radio Address Transmission

Enables/disables the ability of source radio information to be transmitted to the host and, if so, at what position with respect to the label data.

Options are:

Do Not Include — Do not include source-radio ID

Prefix — Include source-radio ID as prefix

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Source Radio Address Transmission - 1
NOTE

When included as a prefix, the source-radio ID is displayed after all label formatting has been applied.

The 6 byte hex address is sent as 12 ascii characters, ie, an address of:

00 06 66 00 1A ED

will be sent as (shown in hex):

30 30 30 36 36 36 30 30 31 41 45 44

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Source Radio Address Transmission - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a central dot

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DEFAULT

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Source Radio Address Transmission - 3

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines and a small number '1' at the bottom right.

Source Radio Address Transmission = Prefix

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Source Radio Address Transmission - 4

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical lines on both sides

Source Radio Address Transmission = Do Not Include

Source Radio Address Delimiter Character

This option specifies the delimiter character to be placed between the label data and radio address when address stamping is enabled.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Source Radio Address Delimiter Character - 1

This feature only applies if Source Radio Address Transmission on page 364s enabled.

NOTE

Follow these instructions to select the delimiter character:

  1. Determine the desired character, then find its hexadecimal equivalent on the ASCII Chart on the inside back cover. A setting of 00 specifies no delimiter character.
  2. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to enter Programming Mode.
  3. Scan the barcode: SET SOURCE RADIO ADDRESS DELIMITER CHARACTER.
  4. Scan the appropriate two digits from the keypad in Appendix E, Keypad, that represent the hexadecimal characters which were determined in the steps above. You will hear a two-beep indication after the last character.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - NOTE - 1

If you make a mistake before the last character, scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

NOTE

  1. Scan the ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE barcode to exit Programming Mode.

This completes the procedure. See Table 46 for some examples of how to set this feature.

Table 46. Source Radio Address Delimiter Character Setting Examples

STEP ACTION EXAMPLES
1 Desired SettingNo delimiter character, (comma) - (dash) / (slash)
2 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE
3 Scan SET SOURCE RADIO ADDRESS DELIMITER CHARACTER
4Scan Two Characters From Appendix E, Keypad‘0’ and ‘0’ ‘2’ and ‘C’ ‘2’ and ‘D’ ‘2’ AND ‘F’
5 Scan ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

Source Radio Address Delimiter Character — cont.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Source Radio Address Delimiter Character — cont. - 1

text_image Barcode image with black and white vertical bars on white background

ENTER/EXIT PROGRAMMING MODE

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Source Radio Address Delimiter Character — cont. - 2
Set Source Radio Address Delimiter Character

Make a mistake? Scan the CANCEL barcode to abort and not save the entry string. You can then start again at the beginning.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Source Radio Address Delimiter Character — cont. - 3
CANCEL

DEFAULT

00 = No Delimiter Character

Appendix A

Technical Specifications

Table 47 contains Physical and Performance Characteristics, User Environment and Regulatory information. Table 48 provides Standard Cable Pinouts.
Table 47. Technical Specifications

Item Description
Physical Characteristics — Reader
ColorYellow/BlackBlack/Black
DimensionsHeight 7.5"/190 mmLength 4.5"/115 mmWidth 3.0"/75 mm
Weight (battery included) Approximately 13.4 ounces/380 g
Physical Characteristics — Base Station
Color Black/Yellow
DimensionsHeight 1.8" (46 mm) — 5.45" (13.84cm) w/antennaLength 9.5" (24.13cm)Width 4.0" (10.16cm) — 4.75" (12.07cm) w/antenna
Weight 12.5 ounces/354 g
Electrical Characteristics — Base Station
Input Voltage5 VDC +/- 5%7 – 14 VDC
Input PowerMaximum Operating Power (charging dead battery)Typical Operating Power (charging full battery)Typical Standby Power6.5 W (while charging)1.4 W1 W
Input CurrentMaximum Operating CurrentTypical Operating CurrentTypical Operating Current (TX data)Typical Standby Current (Idle)1300 mA @ 5VDC250 mA @ 5VDC210 mA @ 5VDC115 mA
Performance Characteristics
Light Source Dual LEDs
Roll (Tilt) Tolerance ± 30° from normal
Pitch Tolerance ± 82°
Skew (Yaw) Tolerance ± 65°
Field of View2" wide at 1" from the reader7" wide at 7" from the reader
Depth of Field100 mil: typical 5.1" to 208.7" (13 cm to 530 cm)55 mil: typical 1.9" to 118.1" (4.7 cm to 300 cm)40 mil: typical 0.8" to 94.5" (2 cm to 240 cm)20 mil: typical 0.1" to 46.9" (0.3 cm to 119 cm)13 mil: typical 0" to 31.5" (0.1 cm to 80 cm)10 mil: typical 0" to 23.6" (0 cm to 60 cm)7.5 mil: typical 0.1" to 17.3" (0.2 cm to 44 cm)5 mil: typical 0.6" to 5.5" (1.5 cm to 14 cm)
Minimum Element Width 3 mil
Print Contrast Minimum 15% minimum reflectance
Decode CapabilityUPC/EAN/JAN, P2 /P5 add-ons; Code 39; Italian Code 32; Code 128; C128 ISBT; Code 128 add-ons; I 2 of 5; Datalogic 2 of 5; Standard 2 of 5; Code 11; Codabar; EAN 128; Code 93; MSI; DataBar Omnidirectional, DataBar Limited, DataBar Expanded.
Interfaces SupportedRS-232 Std., RS-232 Wincor-Nixdorf, RS-232 OPOS, IBM 46xx (ports 5B and 9B), USB Com Std., USB Keyboard, USB Alternate Keyboard, USB-OEM, Keyboard Wedge (AT with or w/o Alternate Key, IBM AT PS2 with or w/o Alternate Key, PC-XT, IBM 3153, IBM Terminals 31xx, 32xx, 34xx, 37xx make only and make break keyboard, and Digital Terminals VT2x, VT3xx, VT4xx, and Apple).
User Environment — Reader
Operating Temperature -4° to +122° F (-20° to +50°C)
Storage Temperature -40° to +140° F (-40° to +60°C)
HumidityOperating: 5% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensingStorage: 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Drop Specifications 50 drops from 2 meters (6.5 feet) to concrete, -30°C to 50°C
Ambient Light Immunity Up to 100,000 LUX in sunlight.
ContaminantsSpray/rainDust/particulatesIEC 529-IPX5IEC 529-IP6X
Beeper Loudness 84 dBA typical for operator at a distance of 19" (50cm)
ESD Level 25 KV
User Environment — Base Station & Charger
ContaminantsSpray/rainDust/particulatesIEC 529-IPX4IEC 529-IP5X
Regulatory
Electrical SafetyUL 60950-1, CSA C22.2No. 60950-1, IEC 60950-1
EMI/RFIUSA FCC Part 15 Class B. Canada ICES-003 Class B.European Union EMC and R&TTE Directives.EN 301 489-17 — Radio Immunity.EN 300 328 v 1.7.1 Radio Emissions.EN 61000 6-2 — Generic Immunity for Industrial Environments.EN 50392 — Human exposure to electromagnetic fields.
Laser SafetyComplies with 21 CFR 1040 Class 2 and IEC/EN60825-1:2007Class II when laser pointer installed.

Standard Cable Pinouts

Figure 8 and Table 48 provide standard pinout information for the Base Station's cable.

Figure 8. Standard Cable Pinouts
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Standard Cable Pinouts - 1

text_image Bottom of Base Station Cable Cable Strain Relief Pin 1 Interface Cable Port (in Base cavity) Pin 10 To Host Cable Clip (Latch)

The signal descriptions in Table 48 apply to the connector on the Base Station and are for reference only.

Table48. Standard Cable Pinouts — Base Station Side

PinRS-232OEMUSBKeyboard Wedge
1R TS (o ut )
+ CLKIN (KBD side)
3 D-DATAIN (KBD side)
4GNDGNDGNDGND
5RX
6TX
7 VCCVCCVCCVCC
8IBM_BCLKOUT (PC side)
9IBM_ADATAOUT (PC side)
10CTS (in)

Appendix B

Standard Defaults

The most common configuration settings are listed in the “Default” column of the table below. Page references are also provided for feature descriptions and programming barcodes for each parameter. A column has also been provided for recording of your preferred default settings for these same configurable features.

Table 49. Standard Defaults

ParameterDefaultYour SettingPage Number
General Features
Double Read Timeout0.4 Second19
Label Gone Timeout160 ms21
Sleep Mode TimeoutDisable23
Sleep Mode TimeoutDisable23
Power On Alert4 Beeps25
Good Read: When to IndicateAfter Decode26
Good Read Beep TypeMono27
Good Read Beep FrequencyHigh28
Good Read Beep Length80 ms28
Good Read Beep VolumeHigh30
Good Read LED Duration2 Seconds31
Scan ModeTrigger Single33
Stand Mode Triggered Timeout0.5 Seconds35
Scanning Active Time5 Seconds37
Flash On Time1 Second39
Flash Off Time600 ms41
Laser Pointer ControlStart scanning immediately after trigger44
Laser Pointer Period500 ms45
Green Spot Duration300 ms46
RS-232
Baud Rate960047
Data Bits8 Data Bits49
Stop Bits1 Stop Bit50
ParityNone51
Handshaking ControlDisable52
RS-232/USB-COM
RTS/CTS Scan Control — RTS is asserted during transmissions. CTS gates transmissions and controls enable and disable state of scanner.No Delay52
Beep On ASCII BELDisable56
Beep On Not on FileEnable56
ACK Character‘ACK’58
NAK Character‘NAK’60
ACK NAK Timeout Value600 ms62
ACK NAK Retry Count3 Retries64
ACK NAK Error HandlingIgnore Errors Detected66
Indicate Transmission FailureEnable67
Disable Character‘D’68
Enable Character‘E’70
Keyboard Wedge
Country ModeU.S. Keyboard74
Caps Lock StateCaps Lock OFF77
NumlockNumlock Key Unchanged77
Send Control CharactersDisable78
Wedge Quiet Interval100 ms79
Intercharacter DelayNo Delay81
Intercode DelayNo Delay83
USB Keyboard Speed1 ms85
USB-OEM
USB-OEM Device UsageHandheld Reader88
USB-OEM Interface OptionsIgnore89
IBM
46xx Number of Host Resets6 Host Resets92
Transmit Labels in Code 39 FormatIBM Std Format95
IBM 46XX Interface OptionsIgnore96
Wand Emulation
Wand Idle StateHigh97
Wand PolarityQuiet Zones and Spaces High, Bars Low98
Wand Signal Speed660 ms99
Label Symbology ConversionNo Conversion100
Transmit NoiseDisable101
Data Editing
Global Prefix/SuffixNo Global Prefix Global Suffix = 0x0D (CR)104
Global AIM IDDisable106
Label ID ControlDisable114
Case ConversionDisable123
Character ConversionNo Char Conversion124
Symbologies
Coupon ControlEnable only UPC/EAN coupon decoding129
UPC-A
UPC-A Enable/DisableEnable130
UPC-A Check Character TransmissionEnable130
Expand UPC-A to EAN-13Don't Expand131
UPC-A Number System Character TransmissionTransmit131
UPC-A Minimum Reads1149
In-Store Minimum Reads2132
UPC-E
UPC-E Enable/DisableEnable133
UPC-E Check Character TransmissionSend133
Expand UPC-E to EAN-13Don't Expand134
Expand UPC-E to UPC-ADon't Expand134
UPC-E Number System Character TransmissionTransmit135
UPC-E Minimum Reads2136
GTIN
GTIN FormattingDisable137
EAN 13
EAN 13 Enable/DisableEnable138
EAN 13 Check Character TransmissionSend138
EAN-13 Flag 1 CharacterTransmit139
EAN-13 ISBN ConversionDisable140
ISSN Enable/DisableDisable140
EAN 13 Minimum Reads1141
EAN 8
EAN 8 Enable/DisableEnable142
EAN 8 Check Character TransmissionSend142
Expand EAN 8 to EAN 13Disable143
EAN 8 Minimum Reads1144
UPC/EAN Global Settings
UPC/EAN Decoding Level3145
UPC/EAN CorrelationDisable147
UPC/EAN ReconstructionDisable147
UPC/EAN Price Weight CheckDisable148
Add-Ons
Optional Add-onsDisable P2, P5 and P8150
Optional Add-On Timer70 ms152
Optional GS1-128 Add-On TimerDisable155
P2 Add-Ons Minimum Reads2158
P5 Add-Ons Minimum Reads1159
GS1-128 Add-Ons Minimum Reads1160
DataBar Omnidirectional
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Enable/DisableDisable161
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional GS1-128 EmulationDisable161
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional Minimum Reads1162
DataBar Expanded
GS1 DataBar Expanded Enable/DisableDisable163
GS1 DataBar Expanded GS1-128 EmulationDisable163
GS1 DataBar Expanded Minimum Reads1164
GS1 DataBar Expanded Length ControlVariable165
GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 11166
GS1 DataBar Expanded Set Length 274168
DataBar Limited
GS1 DataBar Limited Enable/DisableDisable170
GS1 DataBar Limited GS1-128 EmulationDisable170
GS1 DataBar Limited Minimum Reads1171
Code 39
Code 39 Enable/DisableEnable172
Code 39 Check Character CalculationCalculate173
Code 39 Check Character TransmissionSend174
Code 39 Start/Stop Character Transmis-sionDon't Transmit174
Code 39 Full ASCIIDisable175
Code 39 Quiet ZonesAuto176
Code 39 Minimum Reads1177
Code 39 Decoding Level3178
Code 39 Length ControlVariable180
Code 39 Set Length 12181
Code 39 Set Length 250183
Code 39 Interdigit Ratio4185
Code 39 Character CorrelationDisable187
Code 39 StitchingEnable188
Code 32
Code 32 Enable/DisableDisable189
Code 32 Feature Setting Exceptions3189
Code 32 Check Character TransmissionDon't Send190
Code 32 Start/Stop Character Transmis-sionDon't Transmit190
Code 39 CIP (French Pharmaceutical)
Code 39 CIP Enable/DisableDisable191
Code 128
Code 128 Enable/DisableEnable191
Expand Code 128 to Code 39Don't Expand192
Code 128 Check Character TransmissionSend192
Code 128 Quiet ZonesAuto195
Code 128 Minimum Reads1196
Code 128 Decoding Level3197
Code 128 Length ControlVariable199
Code 128 Set Length 11200
Code 128 Set Length 280202
Code 128 Character CorrelationDisable204
Code 128 StitchingEnable205
UCC-EAN 128
GS1-128 EnableTransmit in Code 128 Data Format206
ISBT 128
ISBT 128 ConcatenationDisable288
ISBT 128 Concatenation ModeStatic289
ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Time-out200 ms290
ISBT 128 Force ConcatenationEnable291
ISBT 128 Advanced Concatenation OptionsDisable291
Interleaved 2 of 5
I 2 of 5 Enable/DisableEnable207
I 2 of 5 Check Character CalculationDisable208
I 2 of 5 Check Character TransmissionSend209
I 2 of 5 Minimum Reads1222
I 2 of 5 Decoding Level3211
I 2 of 5 Length ControlVariable213
I 2 of 5 Set Length 112214
I 2 of 5 Set Length 2100216
I 2 of 5 Character CorrelationDisable218
I 2 of 5 StitchingDisable219
Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR
Interleaved 2 of 5 CIP HR Enable/DisableDisable220
Datalogic 2 of 5
Datalogic 2 of 5 Enable/DisableEnable220
Datalogic 2 of 5 Check Character CalculationDisable221
Datalogic 2 of 5 Minimum Reads1222
Datalogic 2 of 5 Length ControlVariable223
Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 112224
Datalogic 2 of 5 Set Length 2100226
Datalogic 2 of 5 Character CorrelationDisable230
Datalogic 2 of 5 StitchingDisable231
Codabar
Codabar Enable/DisableDisable232
Codabar Check Character CalculationDon't Calculate233
Codabar Check Character TransmissionSend234
Codabar Start/Stop Character TransmissionDon't Transmit234
Codabar Start/Stop Character Setabcd/abcd235
Codabar Start/Stop Character MatchDon't Require Match236
Codabar Quiet ZonesAuto237
Codabar Minimum Reads1238
Codabar Decoding Level3239
Codabar Length ControlVariable241
Codabar Set Length 13242
Codabar Set Length 250244
Codabar Interdigit Ratio4246
Codabar Character CorrelationDisable248
Codabar StitchingDisable249
ABC Codabar
ABC Codabar Enable/DisableDisable250
ABC Codabar Concatenation ModeStatic250
ABC Codabar Dynamic Concatenation Timeout200ms251
ABC Codabar Force ConcatenationDisable252
Code 11
Code 11 Enable/DisableDisable253
Code 11 Check Character CalculationCheck C and K254
Code 11 Check Character TransmissionSend255
Code 11 Minimum Reads1256
Code 11 Length ControlVariable257
Code 11 Set Length 14258
Code 11 Set Length 250260
Code 11 Interdigit Ratio4262
Code 11 Decoding Level3264
Code 11 Character CorrelationDisable266
Code 11 StitchingDisable267
Standard 2 of 5
Standard 2 of 5 Enable/DisableDisable268
Standard 2 of 5 Check Character CalculationDisable269
Standard 2 of 5 Check Character TransmissionSend269
Standard 2 of 5 Minimum Reads1270
Standard 2 of 5 Decoding Level3270
Standard 2 of 5 Length ControlVariable271
Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 18272
Standard 2 of 5 Set Length 250274
Standard 2 of 5 Character CorrelationDisable276
Standard 2 of 5 StitchingDisable277
Industrial 2 of 5
Industrial 2 of 5 Enable/DisableDisable278
Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character CalculationDisable278
Industrial 2 of 5 Check Character TransmissionEnable279
Industrial 2 of 5 Length ControlVariable280
Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 11 Char281
Industrial 2 of 5 Set Length 250 Chars283
Industrial 2 of 5 Minimum Reads1 Read285
Industrial 2 of 5 StitchingDisable286
Industrial 2 of 5 Character CorrelationDisable286
IATA
IATA Enable/DisableDisable287
IATA Check Character TransmissionEnable287
ISBT 128
ISBT 128 ConcatenationDisable288
ISBT 128 Concatenation ModeStatic289
ISBT 128 Dynamic Concatenation Time-out200 ms290
ISBT 128 Force ConcatenationDisable291
ISBT 128 Advanced Concatenation OptionsDisable291
MSI
MSI Enable/DisableDisable292
MSI Check Character CalculationEnable Mod 10293
MSI Check Character TransmissionEnable294
MSI Length ControlVariable294
MSI Set Length 11 Char295
MSI Set Length 250 Chars297
MSI Minimum Reads4 Reads299
MSI Decoding LevelLevel 3300
Plessey
Plessey Enable/DisableDisable302
Plessey Check Character CalculationEnable Plessey Std and Anker Check Verification303
Plessey Check Character TransmissionEnable304
PLessey Length ControlVariable304
Plessey Set Length 11 Char305
Plessey Set Length 250 Chars307
Plessey Minimum Reads4 Reads309
Plessey Decoding LevelLevel 3310
Plessey StitchingDisable311
Plessey Character CorrelationDisable312
Code 93
Code 93 Enable/DisableDisable312
Code 93 Check Character CalculationEnable Check C and K313
Code 93 Check Character TransmissionEnable314
Code 93 Length ControlVariable314
Code 93 Set Length 11 Char315
Code 93 Set Length 250 Chars317
Code 93 Minimum Reads1 Read319
Code 93 Decoding LevelLevel 3320
Code 93 Quiet ZonesAuto322
Code 93 StitchingEnable323
Code 93 Character CorrelationEnable323
Codablock F
Codablock F Enable/DisableEnable324
Codablock F EAN Enable/DisableDisable325
Codablock F AIM CheckEnable Check C325
Codablock F Length ControlVariable326
Codablock F Set Length 13 Chars327
Codablock F Set Length 2100 Chars329
Code 4
Code 4 Enable/DisableDisable331
Code 4 Check Character TransmissionDon't Send332
Code 4 Hex to Decimal ConversionEnable332
Code 5
Code 5 Enable/DisableDisable333
Code 5 Check Character TransmissionSend334
Code 5 Hex to Decimal ConversionEnable334
Code 4 and Code 5 Common Configuration Items
Code 4 and 5 Decoding Level3335
Code 4 and Code 5 Minimum Reads1337
Follett 2 of 5
Follett 2 of 5 Enable/DisableDisable338
BT Features
ACK BeepEnable340
Beep FrequencyLow341
Beep Duration80 ms342
Beep VolumeHigh344
BT Base Station BeepDisable345
Disconnect BeepEnable345
BT Leash AlarmEnable346
BT Leash AlarmDisable346
BT Automatic Flash UpdateDisable348
Automatic Configuration UpdateEnable349
Battery Charge ModeLow Charge351
Powerdown TimeoutDisable
BT Poll RateWait Forever354
BT Poll Rate2 Seconds354
BT Poll Rate20 ms354
Batch ModeDisable356
BT Batch Mode Transmit DelayNo Delay358
BT Pin Code1234359
BT Security ModeDisable362
Optional: Linking a PowerScan 7000 Reader to a PBT7100 Base StationDisable363
BT Address StampingSend HACK as soon as the Base Station receives a label364
Source Radio Address TransmissionDo Not Include364
Source Radio Address Delimiter CharacterNo Delimiter Character365

NOTES

Appendix C

LED and Beeper Indications

The reader's beeper sounds and its LED illuminates to indicate various functions or errors on the reader. An optional “Green Spot” also performs useful functions. The tables below list these indications. One exception to the behaviors listed in the tables is that the reader's functions are programmable, and may or may not be turned on. For example, certain indications, such as the power-up beep can be disabled using programming barcode labels.

General Functions — LED and Beeper Indications

INDICATION DESCRIPTION LED BEEPER
Power-up BeepThe reader is in the process of power-ing-up.Reader beeps four times at highest frequency and volume upon power-up.
Good Read BeepA label has been successfully scanned by the reader.LED behavior for this indication is configurable via the feature “Good Read: When to Indicate”The reader will beep once at current frequency, volume, mono/bi-tonal setting and duration upon a successful label scan.
ROM FailureThere is an error in the reader's software/programmingFlashesReader sounds one error beep at highest volume.
Limited Scanning Label ReadIndicates that a host connection is not established when the IBM or USB interface is enabled.N/AReader 'chirps' six times at the highest frequency and current volume.
Reader Active ModeThe reader is active and ready to scan.The LED is lit steadilyaN/A
Reader DisabledThe reader has been disabled by the host.The LED blinks continuously N/A
Green Spot is on continuouslyWhile in Object Sense mode or Trigger Object Sense mode the green spot shall be on while in stand watch state.N/A N/A
Green Spota flashes momentarilyUpon successful read of a label, the software shall turn the green spot on for the time specified by the configured value.N/A N/A

Programming Mode - The following indications ONLY occur when the reader is in Programming Mode.

Label Programming Mode EntryA valid programming label has been scanned.LED blinks continuouslyReader sounds four low frequency beeps.
Label Programming Mode Rejection of LabelA label has been rejected. N/AReader sounds three times at lowest frequency & current volume.
Label Programming Mode Acceptance of Partial LabelIn cases where multiple labels must be scanned to program one feature, this indication acknowledges each portion as it is successfully scanned.N/AReader sounds one short beep at highest frequency & current volume.
Label Programming Mode Acceptance of ProgrammingConfiguration option(s) have been successfully programmed via labels and the reader has exited Programming Mode.N/AReader sounds one high frequency beep and 4 low frequency beeps followed by reset beeps.
Label Programming Mode Cancel Item EntryCancel label has been scanned. N/AReader sounds two times at low frequency and current volume.

a. Except when in sleep mode or when a Good Read LED Duration other than 00 is selected

BT Beeper Indications

Beep Type Description Behavior
Acknowledge (ACK) LabelA label has been sent to the Base Station, which has accepted the data and responded. Control via ACK NAK Options on page 57.1 beep.Duration, frequency and volume vary, since these are all configurable for this feature.
Label RejectedLabel data sent is rejected by the Base Station (responds with NAK). Control via ACK NAK Options on page 57.2 beeps at low frequency.
Transmission ErrorA label has been sent to but not received by the Base Station (ACK timeout occurred).Control via Indicate Transmission Failure on page 67.Beep will soundHigh-low-high-low.
Link SuccessfulThe Linking process has completed successfully between a reader and Base Station (or PC).Beep will soundLow-med-high.
Link UnsuccessfulThe Linking process has completed (timed out) without connecting to a Base (or PC).Beep will soundHigh-low-high-low.
Unlink The reader has unlinked from the Base Station.Beep will soundHigh-medium-low.
Paging Base Station is paging the reader.5 beeps at high volume and currentGood Read Beep Frequency setting.
BT Reader FRUThe reader will sound this upon detecting aField Replaceable Unit (FRU) error at startup.1 long error tone^a .
DisconnectSounds when the reader disconnects from the Base Station due to out of range, low power, etc.Control via Disconnect Beep on page 345.Beep will soundHigh-medium-low.(Same as Unlink)
Good Read DisconnectedA label is read while disconnected, and BT Poll Rate on page 354 is disabled.1 long beep at low frequency.
Good Read Unlinked A label is read while unlinked.Beep will soundHigh-low-high-low.
Leash modeThe Handheld has disconnected, and BT Leash Alarm on page 346 is enabled.Beep will sound at high volume, low frequency for the count specified in BT Leash Alarm on page 346.
Low Battery The battery is getting low 10 beeps at high frequency
Battery ShutdownThe battery has reached a critical low level and the handheld will shut down.Beep will soundHigh-medium-low

a. Upon hearing a long error tone at startup, press the trigger to hear the FRU error beep sequence described in Error Codes on page 389.

BT LED Indications

LED Indication BehaviorApplies to:
Base StationReader
Linking in progress Yellow LED blinks at 2 Hz YES YES
Low batteryGreen LED blinks 10 times after either of the following events occur:-After every 10th trigger pull.-After 30 seconds of idle time.NOTE: Low battery LED indication coincides with the low battery beep.NO YES
Disconnected LEDs off YES YES
Unlinked LEDs off YES YES
BT transmission in progress Flash yellow LED at 50 Hz while transmitting. YES YES
Paging Yellow LED blinks at the same rate as the paging beep (1 Hz) YES YES
BT Reader FRU indication See the topic Error Codes on page 389.NO YES
BT Base Station FRU indicationSee the topic Error Codes on page 389.YES NO
Disabled indicationGreen LED blinks once a second while disabledNO YES
Battery charge in progressGreen LED blinks once a second while chargingYES NO
Battery charge completeGreen LED stays ON when charge is complete and reader is seated in the Base Station.YES NO
Battery charge errorYellow LED blinks 550mS on/1500mS off when there is a charge error and reader is seated in the Base Station.YES NO

Error Codes

Upon startup, if the reader sounds a long tone, this means the reader has not passed its automatic Selftest and has entered FRU ^1 isolation mode. If the reader is reset, the sequence will be repeated. The following table describes the LED flashes/beep codes associated with an error found.

NUMBER OF LED FLASHES/BEEPSERROR CORRECTIVE ACTION
1 ConfigurationContact Helpdesk for assistanceg
2 Interface PCB
4 Reader Module
5 Laser Pointer (if so equipped)
6D i
14 CPLD/Code Mismatch
  1. Field Replaceable Unit (FRU)

NOTES

Appendix D

Sample Barcodes

The sample barcodes in this appendix are typical representations for their symbology types.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes - 1
EAN-13

UPC-A
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes - 2

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes - 3
Code 128

Code 39
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes - 4

text_image 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes - 5
Interleaved 2 of 5

Sample Barcodes — continued

Code 32
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes — continued - 1

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes — continued - 2

text_image 5765485

Codabar
Code 93

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes — continued - 3

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes — continued - 4

text_image 7554628485

Code 11
MSI

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Sample Barcodes — continued - 5

text_image 74759330108

DataBar (RSS)

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - DataBar (RSS) - 1
NOTE

DataBar variants must be enabled to read the barcodes below (see DataBar (RSS) on page 393).

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - DataBar (RSS) - 2

text_image Black and white barcode image with vertical stripes and a central number 10

10293847560192837465019283746029478450366523 (DataBar Expanded Stacked)

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - DataBar (RSS) - 3

text_image Barcode image with black and white vertical bars, no visible text or symbols beyond the pattern

1234890hjio9900mnb
(DataBar Expanded)

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - DataBar (RSS) - 4
08672345650916
(DataBar Limited)

DataBar-14

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - DataBar-14 - 1
55432198673467
(DataBar Omnidirectional Truncated)

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - DataBar-14 - 2
90876523412674
(DataBar Omnidirectional Stacked)

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - DataBar-14 - 3
78123465709811
(DataBar Omnidirectional Stacked)

NOTES

Appendix E Keypad

Use the barcodes in this appendix to enter numbers as you would select digits/characters from a keypad.

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Appendix E Keypad - 1
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Appendix E Keypad - 2
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Appendix E Keypad - 3
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Appendix E Keypad - 4
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Appendix E Keypad - 5
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Appendix E Keypad - 6
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Appendix E Keypad - 7
DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - Appendix E Keypad - 8

NOTES

Appendix F

Scancode Tables

Control Character Emulation

Control character emulation selects from different scancode tables as listed in this appendix. Each of the control character sets below are detailed by interface type in the tables. These apply to Wedge and USB Keyboard platforms.

Control Character 00. Characters from 00 to 0x1F are sent as control character Ctrl+Keys, special keys are located from 0x80 to 0xA1.

Control Character 01. Characters from 00 to 0x1F are sent as control character Ctrl+Capital Key, special keys are located from 0x80 to 0xA1.

Control Character 02. Special keys are located from 00 to 0x1F and characters from 0x80 to 0xFE are intended as an extended ASCII table (Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252 on page 410)

Single Press and Release Keys

In the following tables, Ar↓ means Alt right pressed and Ar↑ means Alt right released and so on. Definitions for other keys are Al (Alt left), Cr (Control Right) Cl (Control Left) Sh (shift). This method can be used for combining Alt, Control or Shift with other keys.

Example: Consider a Control character set to 00. If AltRight+A is required before sending a label to the host, it could be done by setting three Prefix keys in this way: 0x99 0x41 0x9A.

Interface Type PC AT PS/2 or USB-Keyboard
Table F-1. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

x0x1x2x3x4x5X6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xNULLC+@SOHC(S)+ASTXC(S)+BETXC(S)+CEOTC(S)+DENQC(S)+EACKC(S)+FBELC(S)+GBSHTTABLFC(S)+JVTC(S)+KFFC(S)+LCREnterSOC(S)+NSIC(S)+O
1xDLEC(S)+PDC1C(S)+QDC2C(S)+RDC3C(S)+SDC4C(S)+TNAKC(S)+USYNC(S)+VETBC(S)+WCANC(S)+XEMC(S)+YSUBC(S)+ZESCEscFSC+\GSC+]RSC+^USC(S)+_
2xSP!"#$%&:()*±.=./
3x0123456789::=?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZI\l^-
6x-abcdefghijklmno
7xpqrstuvwxyz{}Del
8xSh↓Sh↑InsEnt (keyp)F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11
9xF12HomeEndPg UpPg DwnAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr↓
AxCr↑'f"...^Š<Š<Œ
Bx°±°''μ..'°»1⁄41⁄23⁄4¿
CxAAÄÄÄÄÄÇEEEEIIII
DxĐÖÖÖÖÖ×ÜÜÜÜYpß
Exàáâãããæçèéêëiiii
Fxðñòóôõö÷øùúüüýpÿ

Extended characters (sky blue) are sent through dedicated keys (when available in the selected country mode) or by using an Alt Mode sequence.

Interface Type PC AT PS/2 or USB-Keyboard — cont.
Table F-2. Scancode Set When Control Character is 02

x0x1x2x3x4x5X6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr↓Cr↑BSTabS+ TabEnter KeypdEnterInsPg Up
1xPg DwnHomeF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xSpace!#$%&()*+,-./
3x0123456789:;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6x`abcdefghijklmno
7xpqrstuvwxyz{|}~Del
8xf...^S<S<Œ
9x--~TMš>œžY
AxNBSPi¢£¥!§..©a«--®-
Bx°±:,μ.i°»1⁄41⁄23⁄4¿
CxAAAAAAÆÇEEEEIIII
DxĐOOOOO×UUUUYþß
Exàáàããàæçèéèēiíîî
Fxðñòóôðö÷øùúùüýþý

Interface type PC AT PS/2 Alt Mode or USB-Keyboard Alt Mode
Table F-3. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

x0x1x2x3x4x5X6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxEXf
0xAlt+000Alt+001Alt+002Alt+003Alt+004Alt+005Alt+006Alt+007BSHT TABAlt+010Alt+011Alt+012CR EnterAlt+014Alt+015
1xAlt+016Alt+017Alt+018Alt+019Alt+020Alt+021Alt+022Alt+023Alt+024Alt+025Alt+026ESC EscAlt+028Alt+029Alt+030Alt+031
2xA+032A+033A+034A+035A+036A+037A+038A+039A+040A+041A+042A+043A+044A+045A+046A+047
3xA+048A+049A+050A+051A+052A+053A+054A+055A+056A+057A+058A+059A+060A+061A+062A+063
4xA+064A+065A+066A+067A+068A+069A+070A+071A+072A+073A+074A+075A+076A+077A+078A+079
5xA+080A+081A+082A+083A+084A+085A+086A+087A+088A+089A+090A+091A+092A+093A+094A+095
6xA+096A+097A+098A+099A+100A+101A+102A+103A+104A+105A+106A+107A+108A+109A+110A+111
7xA+112A+113A+114A+115A+116A+117A+118A+119A+120A+121A+122A+123A+124A+125A+126A+127
8xSh↓Sh↑InsEnt (keyp)F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11
9xF12HomeEndPg UpPg DwnAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr↓
AxCr↑A+0161A+0162A+0163A+0164A+0165A+0166A+0167A+0168A+0169A+0170A+0171A+0172A+0173A+0174A+0175
BxA+0176A+0177A+0178A+0179A+0180A+0181A+0182A+0183A+0184A+0185A+0186A+0187A+0188A+0189A+0190A+0191
CxA+0192A+0193A+0194A+0195A+0196A+0197A+0198A+0199A+0200A+0201A+0202A+0203A+0204A+0205A+0206A+0207
DxA+0208A+0209A+0210A+0211A+0212A+0213A+0214A+0215A+0216A+0217A+0218A+0219A+0220A+0221A+0222A+0223
ExA+0224A+0225A+0226A+0227A+0228A+0229A+0230A+0231A+0232A+0233A+0234A+0235A+0236A+0237A+0238A+0239
FxA+0240A+0241A+0242A+0243A+0244A+0245A+0246A+0247A+0248A+0249A+0250A+0251A+052A+0253A+0254A+0255

Interface type PC AT PS/2 Alt Mode or USB-Keyboard Alt Mode — cont.
Table F-4. Scancode Set When Control Character is 02

x0x1x2x3x4x5X6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr↓Cr↑BSTabS+ TabEnter KeypdEnterInsPg Up
1xPg DwnHomeF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xA+032A+033A+034A+035A+036A+037A+038A+039A+040A+041A+042A+043A+044A+045A+046A+047
3xA+048A+049A+050A+051A+052A+053A+054A+055A+056A+057A+058A+059A+060A+061A+062A+063
4xA+064A+065A+066A+067A+068A+069A+070A+071A+072A+073A+074A+075A+076A+077A+078A+079
5xA+080A+081A+082A+083A+084A+085A+086A+087A+088A+089A+090A+091A+092A+093A+094A+095
6xA+096A+097A+098A+099A+100A+101A+102A+103A+104A+105A+106A+107A+108A+109A+110A+111
7xA+112A+113A+114A+115A+116A+117A+118A+119A+120A+121A+122A+123A+124A+125A+126A+127
8xA+0128A+0129A+0130A+0131A+0132A+0133A+0134A+0135A+0136A+0137A+0138A+0139A+0140A+0141A+0142A+0143
9xA+0144A+0145A+0146A+0147A+0148A+0149A+0150A+0151A+0152A+0153A+0154A+0155A+0156A+0157A+0158A+0159
AxA+0160A+0161A+0162A+0163A+0164A+0165A+0166A+0167A+0168A+0169A+0170A+0171A+0172A+0173A+0174A+0175
BxA+0176A+0177A+0178A+0179A+0180A+0181A+0182A+0183A+0184A+0185A+0186A+0187A+0188A+0189A+0190A+0191
CxA+0192A+0193A+0194A+0195A+0196A+0197A+0198A+0199A+0200A+0201A+0202A+0203A+0204A+0205A+0206A+0207
DxA+0208A+0209A+0210A+0211A+0212A+0213A+0214A+0215A+0216A+0217A+0218A+0219A+0220A+0221A+0222A+0223
ExA+0224A+0225A+0226A+0227A+0228A+0229A+0230A+0231A+0232A+0233A+0234A+0235A+0236A+0237A+0238A+0239
FxA+0240A+0241A+0242A+0243A+0244A+0245A+0246A+0247A+0248A+0249A+0250A+0251A+052A+0253A+0254A+0255

Digital Interface
Table F-5. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xNULLC+@SOHC(S)+ASTXC(S)+BETXC(S)+CEOTC+DENQC(S)+EACKC(S)+FBELC(S)+GBSHTTABLFC(S)+JVTC(S)+KFFC(S)+LCREnterSOC(S)+NSIC(S)+O
1xDLEC(S)+PDC1C(S)+QDC2C(S)+RDC3C(S)+SDC4C(S)+TNAKC(S)+USYNC(S)+VETBC(S)+WCANC(S)+XEMC(S)+YSUBC(S)+ZESCEscFSC(S)+\GSC+]RSC(S)+^USC(S)+_
2xSpace!#$%&*()*+,-./
3x0123456789:;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6x`abcdefghijklmno
7xpqrstuvwxyz{|}~Del
8xSh↓Sh↑InsEnt (keyp)F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11
9xF12F13F14F15F16Cl↓Cl↑

Digital Interface — cont.
Table F-6. Scancode Set When Control Character is 02

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xCl↓Cl↑BSTabS+ TabEnter KeypdEnterIns
1xF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xSpace!#$%&()*+,-./
3x0123456789:;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6x`abcdefghijklmno
7xpqrstuvwxyz{|}~Del

IBM31xx 102-key

Table F-7. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xNULLC+@SOHC(S)+ASTXC(S)+BETXC(S)+CEOTC+DENQC(S)+EACKC(S)+FBELC(S)+GBSHTTABLFC(S)+JVTC(S)+KFFC(S)+LCREnterSOC(S)+NSIC(S)+O
1xDLEC(S)+PDC1C(S)+QDC2C(S)+RDC3C(S)+SDC4C(S)+TNAKC(S)+USYNC(S)+VETBC(S)+WCANC(S)+XEMC(S)+YSUBC(S)+ZESCEscFSC(S)+\GSC+]RSC(S)+^USC(S)+_
2xSpace!#$%&()*+,-./
3x0123456789:;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6xaBcdefghijklmno
7xpqRstuvwxyz{|}Del
8xSh↓Sh↑InsEnt (keyp)F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11
9xF12EnterResetInsertDeleteField -Field +Enter paddlePrintlAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr ↓
AxCr ↑

IBM31xx 102-key — cont.
Table F-8. Scancode Set When Control Character is 02

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr↓Cr↑BSTabS+ TabEnter KeypdEnterInsPg Up
1xPg DwnHomeF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xSpace!#$%&()*+,-./
3x0123456789:;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6xaBcdefghijklmno
7xpqRstuvwxyz{|}Del

Table F-9. Scancode Set When Control Character is 00 or 01

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xNULL C+@SOH C(S)+ASTX C(S)+BETX C(S)+CEOT C+DENQ C(S)+EACK C(S)+FBEL C(S)+GBS C(S)+HHT TABLF C(S)+JVT C(S)+KFF C(S)+LCR EnterSO C(S)+NSI C(S)+O
1xDLE C(S)+PDC1 C(S)+QDC2 C(S)+RDC3 C(S)+SDC4 C(S)+TNAK C(S)+USYN C(S)+VETB C(S)+WCAN C(S)+XEM C(S)+YSUB C(S)+ZESC EscFS C(S)+\GS C+]RS C(S)+^US C(S)+_
2xSpace!#$%&()*+,-./
3x0123456789:;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6xaBcdefghijklmno
7xpqRstuvwxyz{|}Del
8xSh↓Sh↑InsEnt (keyp)F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11
9xF12HomeEndPg UpPg DwnAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl ↓Cl ↑Cr ↓
AxCr ↑

Table F-10. Scancode Set When Control Character is 02

X0x1x2x3x4x5x6x7x8x9xAxBxCxDxExF
0xAr↓Ar↑Al↓Al↑Cl↓Cl↑Cr↓Cr↑BSTabS+ TabEnter KeypdEnterInsPg Up
1xPg DwnHomeF6F1F2F3F4F5ESCF7F8F9F10
2xSpace!#$%&( ))*+,-./
3x0123456789:;<=>?
4x@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO
5xPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_
6xaBcdefghijklmno
7xpqRstuvwxyz{|}Del

Microsoft Windows Codepage 1252

Windows-1252 is a character encoding of the Latin alphabet, used by default in the legacy components of Microsoft Windows in English and some other Western languages.

000102030405060708090A0B0C0DOEOF
00NUL0000STX0001SOT0002ETX0003EOT0004ENQ0005ACK0006BEL0007BS0008HT0009LF000AVT000BFF000CCR000DSO000ESI000F
10DLE0010DC10011DC20012DC30013DC40014NAK0015SYN0016ETB0017CAN0018EM0019SUB001AESC001BFS001CGS001DRS001EUS001F
20SP0020!0021"0022#002300240025&0026'0027(0028)0029*002A+002B,002C-002D.002E/002F
3000030100312003230033400345003560036700378003890039:003A;003B<003C=003D>003E?003F
40@0040A0041B0042C0043D0044E0045F0046G0047H0048I0049J004AK004BL004CM004DN004EO004F
50P0050Q0051R0052S0053T0054U0055V0056W0057X0058Y0059Z005A[005B\005C]005D^005E_005F
60`0060a0061b0062c0063d0064e0065f0066g0067h0068i0069j006Ak006Bl006Cm006Dn006Eo006F
70p0070q0071r0072s0073t0074u0075v0076w0077x0078y0079z007A{007B|007C}007D~007EDEL007F
80€20AC,201Af0192,,201E...2026†2020‡2021^02C6%2030Š0160<2039CE0152Ž017D
90,2018,2019,,201C,,201D•2022-2013-2014^02DCm2122Š0161>203Aoe0153Ž017EŸ0178
A0NBSP00A0;00A1◇00A2£00A3≈00A4¥00A5!00A6S00A7"00A8@00A9a00AA«00AB-00AC-00AD®00AE-00AF
B0°00B0±00B1200B2300B3,00B4μ00B5¶00B6·00B7,00B8100B9o00BA»00BB1⁄400BC1⁄200BD3⁄400BE¿00BF
C0À00C0Á00C1Ä00C2Ä00C3Ä00C4Ä00C5Ä00C6Ç00C7È00C8É00C9Ê00CAÈ00CBÌ00CCÍ00CDÎ00CEÏ00CF
D0Đ00D0Ñ00D1Ò00D2Ó00D3Ô00D4Ô00D5Ö00D6×00D7∅00D8Ù00D9Û00DAÛ00DBÙ00DCÝ00DDÞ00DEß00DF
E0à00E0á00E1ä00E2ä00E3ä00E4ä00E5æ00E6ç00E7è00E8é00E9ê00EAè00EBì00ECí00EDî00EEï00EF
F0ð00F0ñ00F1ò00F2ó00F3ô00F4ô00F5ö00F6÷00F7ø00F8ù00F9ú00FAû00FBü00FCý00FDþ00FEý00FF

A

Ambient Light Immunity 368

B

bar codes

RS-232

baud rate 85

RS-232 parameters

parity 331, 333, 336, 338

barcodes

cancel 395

numeric barcodes 395

RS-232 parameters

parity 76

Beeper

Pitch, Good Read 27, 28

Volume, Good Read 30

Beeper Volume 368

Beeper, Good Read 25

C

Cable Pinouts 370

Clear to Send 52

Code 39 Format 95

Conversion, case 123

Conversion, character 124

Convert to Code 128 100

Convert to Code 39 100

CTS 52

D

Decode Capability 368

Defaults 371

Depth of Field 368

Dimensions 367

Drop Specifications 368

E

eading/trailing noise 101

Electrical Safety 369

EMI/RFI 369

Error Codes 389

Errors 389

G

Good Read, Beeper 25

Pitch 27, 28

Volume 30

Good Read, Beeper - 25

Good Read, Beeper Pitch - 27, 28

Good Read, Beeper Volume - 30

Green Spot 385

H

Handheld Scanner 88, 89, 96

Host Resets 92

Humidity 368

I

IBM interface selection 14

IBM Standard Format 95

Idle State (wand) 97

Indications 385

Interface Type 10

Interfaces Supported 368

K

keyboard support 74

KEYBOARD WEDGE (KBW) interface

selection 15

L

Light Source 367

M

Mixed OEM Standard + Code 39 Format 95

N

numbers lock key 77

O

Operating Temperature 368

P

Performance Characteristics 367

Physical Characteristics 367

Pitch - Good Read, Beeper 27, 28

Pitch Tolerance 368

Polarity (wand) 98

Prefix/Suffix 104

Print Contrast Minimum 368

Product Specifications 367

Programming Barcodes 9

R

Read, Beeper - Good 25

Read, Beeper Pitch - Good 27, 28

Read, Beeper Volume - Good 30

Request to Send 52

Roll (Tilt) Tolerance 368

RS-232 interface selection 14

RTS 52

S

sample bar codes

code 128 391

code 39 391

interleaved 2 of 5 392

select digits/characters 395

Serial Output 370

Signal Speed (wand) 99

Skew (Yaw) Tolerance 368

Standard Cable Pinouts 370

Storage Temperature 368

Suffix 104

Symbology Conversion 100

symbology types 391

T

Table Top Scanner 88, 89, 96 trailing noise 101

U

UPC 130

USB interface selection 14

User Environment 368, 369

V

Volume - Good Read, Beeper 30

W

Weight 367

X

XON/XOFF 52

ASCII Chart

ASCII Char.Hex No.ASCII Char.Hex No.ASCII Char.Hex No.ASCII Char.Hex No.
NUL00SP20@4060
SOH01!21A41a61
STX0222B42b62
ETX03#23C43c63
EOT04$24D44d64
ENQ05%25E45e65
ACK06&26F46f66
BEL0727G47g67
BS08(28H48h68
HT09)29I49i69
LF0A*2AJ4Aj6A
VT0B+2BK4Bk6B
FF0C,2CL4Cl6C
CR0D-2DM4Dm6D
SO0E.2EN4En6E
SI0F/2FO4Fo6F
DLE10030P50p70
DC111131Q51q71
DC212232R52r72
DC313333S53s73
DC414434T54t74
NAK15535U55u75
SYN16636V56v76
ETB17737W57w77
CAN18838X58x78
EM19939Y59y79
SUB1A:3AZ5Az7A
ESC1B;3B[5B{7B
FS1C<3C\5C|7C
GS1D=3D]5D}7D
RS1E>3E^5E~7E
US1F?3F_5FDEL7F

Australia

Datalogic Scanning Pty Ltd

Telephone: [61] (2) 9870 3200

australia.scanning@datalogic.com

France and Benelux

Datalogic Scanning SAS

Telephone: [33].01.64.86.71.00

france.scanning@datalogic.com

Germany

Datalogic Scanning KK

Telephone: 81 (0)3 3491 6761

japan.scanning@datalogic.com

Latin America

Datalogic Scanning, Inc

Telephone: (305) 591-3222

latinamerica.scanning@datalogic.com

Singapore

Datalogic Scanning Singapore PTE LTD

Telephone: (65) 6435-1311

singapore.scanning@datalogic.com

Iberia

Datalogic Scanning SAS Sucursal en España

Telephone: 34 91 746 28 60

spain.scanning@datalogic.com

United Kingdom

Datalogic Scanning LTD

Telephone: 44 (0) 1582 464900

uk.scanning@datalogic.com

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - United Kingdom - 1

text_image DATALOGIC™

www.scanning.datalogic.com

Datalogic Scanning, Inc.

959 Terry Street

Eugene, OR 97402

USA

Telephone: (541) 683-5700

Fax: (541) 345-7140

DATALOGIC PowerScan PBT7100 - United Kingdom - 2

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : DATALOGIC

Model : PowerScan PBT7100

Category : Barcode Reader